Agabekjan Anglijskij Jazyk Spo 2013

Серия
«Среднее профессиональное образование»
И. П. Агабекян
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ язык
Рекомендовано Министерством образования
Российской Федерации в качестве учебного пособия
для студентов образовательных учреждений
« среднего профессионального образования
Издание 16-е,
стереотипное
Ростов-на-Дону
«ФЕНИКС»
2013
2010
3-D/9 9
УДК 811.111(075.5)
ББК 81.2Англ-92
КТК 8032 СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
А23
Рецензент:
Смирнова М. П. От автора 5
В в о д н ы й ф о н е т и ч е с к и й курс 7
Основной курс 22
Урок 1 24
Урок 2 30
Урок 3 38
Агабекян И. П. Урок 4 47
А23 Английский язык / И. П. Агабекян. — Изд. 16-е, Урок 5 54
стер. — Ростов н / Д : Феникс, 2 2013
0 1 0 . — 318, [1] с. — Урок 6 64
(Среднее профессиональное образование). Урок 7 , 77
Урок 8 90
Урок 9 101
ISBN 978-5-222-16641-3
Урок 10 106
Урок 11 '. 125
Урок 12 133
Учебное пособие соответствует образовательному стан
Урок 13 140
дарту средних профессиональных заведений. Содержит
вводный курс фонетики, основной повторительный курс Урок 14 150
грамматики, закрепляющие упражнения, устные темы и Урок 15 158
тексты для чтения. Урок 16 170
Для студентов средних профессиональных заведений.
Урок 17 186
Приложение 1
Тексты для дополнительного чтения
(Oral Topics) 191
ISBN 978-5-222-16641-3 УДК 811.111(075.8)
ББК 81.2Англ-923 Приложение 2
Additional Texts for Reading
Дополнительные тексты для чтения 233
Приложение 3 313
Агабекян И. П., 2013
2010
'Оформление: ООО «Феникс», 2013
2010
3
ОТ АВТОРА
Перед Вами учебное пособие, рассчитанное на 4 се

местра работы в колледжах и средних специальных
учебных заведениях. Пособие также может быть ис
пользовано на подготовительных курсах и факульте
тах дополнительного образования, а также для само
стоятельного обучения.
Главная цель пособия — развить у учащихся навы
ки чтения и перевода, извлечения, обработки и пере
дачи информации на английском языке, а также под
готовить к экзаменам по английскому языку.
Пособие состоит из вводного курса, содержащего
коррективный курс фонетики (с правилами чтения
букв и буквосочетаний), основного повторительного
курса грамматики (в соответствии с требованиями про
граммы по английскому языку для колледжей и сред
н и х специальных учебных заведений) и приложений.
Каждый урок основного курса содержит кратко из
ложенный грамматический материал по обязательным
разделам с закрепляющими упражнениями. В уроки
включены тексты для чтения и перевода, являющиеся
также и полно изложенными устными темами, кото
рые требуются на вступительном экзамене в вузах. Так,
рассматриваются такие обязательные школьные темы,
как: About Myself, My Working Day, My Day Off, My
Friend, Travelling, Great Britain, London.
Английский язык
Тексты в Приложении 1 (My Favourite Writer, цикл

страноведческих тем — Moscow, USA, Russian Federation
й др.) предназначены для классного и внеаудиторного
чтения, развития навыков работы со словарем и пере
дачи содержания на английском языке, а также для
ВВОДНЫЙ ФОНЕТИЧЕСКИЙ КУРС
подготовки к вступительным экзаменам.
Приложение 2 можно использовать для аудиторных
ОСОБЕННОСТИ АНГЛИЙСКОГО ПРОИЗНОШЕНИЯ
и внеаудиторных занятий по английскому языку, для
дополнительного и самостоятельного чтения.
В результате сложного исторического развития ан
Пособие завершает Приложение 3, содержащее спи глийского языка и системы его письменности возник
сок наиболее употребительных наречий и таблицу не ло значительное расхождение м е ж д у написанием сло
правильных глаголов. ва и его произношением. Это привело к системе спе
Good luck! циальной записи звукового образа слова — фонетической
транскрипции. Знание знаков транскрипции — это
ключ к правильному чтению и произношению слова.
Транскрипционные значки звуков заключаются в
квадратные скобки:
а) гласные
[ i : ] — долгий и
[ i ] — краткий, открытый и
[ ё ] — э в словах этот, экий
[ ж ] — более открытый, чем э
[ а : ] — долгий, глубокий a
[ з ] — краткий, открытый о
[О:] — ДОЛГИЙ О
[ о ] — закрытый, близкий к у звук о

[и] — краткий у со слабым округлением губ
[и:] — Д О Л Г И Й у без сильного округления губ
[л] — краткий гласный, приближающийся
к русскому а в словах варить, бранить
[ э ] — безударный гласный, напоминающий русский
безударный гласный в словах: нужен,
молоток
[э:] — в русском отсутствует, средний м е ж д у о и э
б 7
Английский язык Вводный фонетический курс
б) двугласные (дифтонги) [/] — мягкий русский ш

[ e i ] - ЭЙ [3] — мягкий русский ж в слове вожжи
[ o u ] - - оу M l - *
[ a i ] - аи [cfc] — озвонченный ч
[ a u ] - • ау [к]-к
[ o i ] - ой
[ » ] - иа [п] — заднеязычный н, произнесенный с помощью
[ е э ] - эа задней части спинки языка
[ и э ] - уа [h] — простой выдох
Ш - й
в) согласные
[р]-п Некоторые английские согласные имеют двойное
[Ь] - б чтение, сочетания двух согласных могут передавать
[т] — м > один согласный звук, а 6 гласных букв передают 20
[ w ] — звук, образующийся с положением губ, как гласных звуков в зависимости от положения гласной
при б, но с маленьким отверстием между в слове (ударное или неударное) и от типа слога (от
губами, как при свисте крытый или закрытый).
[f ] - ф
М - в Рекомендуется выучить три основных правила про
[Э] (без голоса) изношения английских слов:
оба звука образуются при помощи 1. Краткость и л и долгота г л а с н ы х звуков в рус
языка, кончик которого помеща ском я з ы к е не влияет на с м ы с л слова. В английс
ется между передними зубами, как к о м ж е я з ы к е д о л г о т а и л и краткость произнесенно
в шепелявом русском з го гласного з в у к а м е н я е т с м ы с л слова. Так, [Jip] —
[ 9 ] (с голосом)_ корабль, a Цг.р] — овца.
[S] - с 2. В отличие от русского я з ы к а в а н г л и й с к о м язы
[ Z ] - 3 ке с о г л а с н ы е звуки не о г л у ш а ю т с я в к о н ц е слова.
[ t ] — т, произнесенное не у зубов, а у десен Оглушение с о г л а с н ы х о т р а ж а е т с я н а с м ы с л е слова.
[d] — д, произнесенное не у зубов, а у десен Н а п р и м е р : [Ьаед] — сумка, [Ьэгк] —. с п и н а .
М - н 3. Г л а с н а я буква е в к о н ц е слова не ч и т а е т с я . Чте
[1] - л н и е г л а с н о й буквы в английском я з ы к е з а в и с и т от
[г] — звук произносится без вибрации кончика ее п о л о ж е н и я в слове ( у д а р н о е или н е у д а р н о е ) и от
языка в отличие от русского р типа слога (открытый и л и закрытый).
8 9
П р а в и л а чтения буквосочетаний
ПРАВИЛА чтения
Сочетания с о г л а с н ы х
Правила чтения букв а, е, i, о, и, у и их сочетаний Буквосочетание Произношение Пример
Чтение гласных букв а, е, i, о, и» у зависит от ch • [tf] chair
1) типа слога, в котором они стоят; sh Ш she
2) ударные они или безударные; th [9] thin
3) от того, какие буквы стоят впереди или позади них. th [31 ' this
wh N what
wh [h] who
Т и п ы слогов
ng M long
I I II ck M clock
Открытый Условно-открытый Закрытый
Слог оканчивается Слог оканчивается на Слог оканчивается
на гласную согласную, за которой на одну или Непроизносимые согласные
следует непроизносимая несколько
буквае согласных Буквосочетание Произношение Пример
he, she, me make, rfote, time sit, but, test igh [ai] high, light
kn [n] know, knife
Правила чтения гласных а, е, i, о, и, у wr [r] write, wrong
в ударных и безударных слогах gn [n] sign
Типы слога
I II III IV
Звуки [ i ] , [ i : ]
Глас открытый закрытый гласная+г гласная+г+е безудар Гласный звук [ i ]
ные ударный ударный ударный ударный ный
тип слога тип слога тип слога тип слога слог При произнесении краткого гласного звука [ i ] кон
Аа la:J чик языка находится у основания н и ж н и х зубов: от
И
plate
. [х\
lamp саг
Ы
share ы
ago
тенок русского звука [ и ] в словах шить, шило практи
Ее l«J lej L^j lij
we ten her here absent, чески совпадает с английским [ i ] : it, sit, in.
forest
I i Yy Latj [aisj
fine
•w
bit
L*J
girl fire
N
music, Гласный звук [ i : ]
byte mystic tyre copy При произнесении долгого гласного [ i : ] язык про
Uu ljuaj
w
Uu:J L*J Ы (ju:j двинут вперед, кончик языка касается н и ж н и х зубов,
tube cut turn cure success
unite губы несколько растянуты и слегка обнажают зубы.
Оо [ouj Ы l*J L*J >J LouJ Оттенок русского звука [ и ] в словах ива, иго, игры,
bone not short more confer,
retro избы практически совпадает с английским звуком [ i : ] .
10 11
Сочетания е е , еа читаются как [i:J. Например meet, Звуки [ е ] , [ае]

peat. Гласный з в у к [е]
Долгота звука влияет на лексическое значение слова. При произнесении гласного [е] масса языка находит
Например: f e e t (ноги) — f i t ( п о д х о д и т ь ) , s t e e l ся в передней части ротовой полости. Кончик языка
(сталь) — s t i l l (все еще) находится у н и ж н и х зубов. Губы слегка растянуты.
Звук близок к русскому звуку [э] в словах эти, жесть.
Exercise А
lead — lid if — it — tip — kit Г л а с н ы й звук [ае]
did — bill mill — meal При произнесении звука [аг] губы несколько растя
pill — peel keel — kill нуты, н и ж н я я челюсть сильно опущена, кончик язы
sit — seat ка касается н и ж н и х зубов, а средняя спинка языка
немного выгибается вперед и кверху.
Exercise В
did — deed pit — peat Exercise А
fit — feet it — eat am — A n n — lamp man — can — cat
lid — lead sat — hat — bat P a t — rat — cam
Exercise С Exercise В
bin — bean beat — bin tan — ten pan — pen
sit — seat steel — still bad — bed land — lend
feel — fill — feet — fit — eat — bean tanned — t e n t fan — fen
simple — Pete — feel — peel man — men pat — pet
meet — meat — ill — bill — steel — feel
Exercise С
Exercise D bat —. bet pet-net-red
be — been — bean me — meet — meat let — met ten — pen — men — hen
see — seat — seed meal — seal — mean
pea — Pete — peat sea — see — meet Звуки [ а : ] , [ Л ] , [ е э ] , [ e i ]
bee — been — feet mean — lean — keen Гласный звук [ a : ]
При произнесении английского гласного [а:] рот от
Exercise E рыт почти как для русского звука, но язык отодвига
I see a sea. I see lean meat. I eat meat. I like meat. ется дальше назад и книзу и л е ж и т плоско. Кончик
I like tea. I make tea. I take tea. I like fine tea. I like языка оттянут от н и ж н и х зубов. Губы не растянуты и
fine meals. не выдвинуты вперед.
12 13
Вводный фонетический курс
Звуки [u:], [и], [л]

Гласный звук [л]
При произнесении звука язык неско'лько отодви Г л а с н ы й звук [и:]
нут назад, задняя спинка языка приподнята к пере При произнесении долгого гласного звука [и:] губы
дней части мягкого неба, губы слегка растянуты. Звук напряжены и сильно округлены, но гораздо меньше
п о х о ж на русский предударный звук [а] в словах: ка выдвинуты вперед, чем при русском звуке у: moon.
кой, посты, басы. На письме передается буквосочетанием двойное о,
за исключением случаев перед буквой k.
Гласный звук [еэ] Н а п р и м е р : s o o n — скоро, вскоре, m o o n — луна
Ядро звука — гласный п о х о ж и й на русский звук Исключение: book — книга, краткое [и].
[ э ] в слове это. Скольжение происходит в направле
нии нейтрального гласного [ э ] с оттенком звука [ э ] . Гласный звук [и]
При произнесении краткого гласного звука [и] губы
Гласный звук [ e i ] заметно округлены, но не выдвинуты вперед, язык
Дифтонг, ядром которого является гласный, а сколь оттянут н а з а д , н о несколько м е н ь ш е , чем д л я и :
ж е н и е происходит в направлении гласного. Произнося (и долгого). Звук напоминает безударный русский звук
дифтонг необходимо следить за тем, чтобь1 ядро не было [ у ] в словах пустой, тупой, произнесенный без выд
таким широким, как русский гласный [ э ] , а второй вижения губ вперед:
элемент не превращался в русский звук [ й ] . put — класть pull — тянуть
push — толкать full — п о л н ы й
Exercise А
car — far — bar half — calf — bath
part — park — fart cart — barter — shark 03* З а п о м н и т е слова, в к о т о р ы х в качестве
spark — bath — mark park — raft — plant исключения произносится [и]:
Exercise В hook — крюк look — взгляд

Mary — air — pair
care —- dare — rare
Гласный звук [л]
fare — fair — hair
При произведении краткого гласного [л] губы не
множко растянуты, язык отодвинут назад, несколько
Exercise С
глубже, чем д л я русского звука [ а ] . Кончик языка на
tape — hate — bate mate — plate — Kate
ходится у н и ж н и х зубов, напоминает русский звук [ а ]
late — fate — rate brave — maple — main
в словах камыш, сады, валы.
pain — name — day date — may — pay
lay — hay — Ray
14 15
Exercise А затем слегка округлить губы и произнести краткий

too — tooth — food boot — fool — foot звук [ о ] .
soon — spoon — tooth boot — mood — shook
Г л а с н ы й звук [ o u ]
Exercise В Звук представляет собой нечто среднее м е ж д у рус
took — shook — nook скими звуками [о] и [ э ] . Губы при.произнесении нача
hook — look — cook ла этого дифтонга слегка растянуты и округлены.
Скольжение происходит в направлении гласного [ и ] .
Exercise С
fool — pool — hook fool — too — book Exercise А
cook — boot — loop foot — cool — mood more — score — poor floor — for — form
shook — soon — spoon — moon dawn — hawk — because fork — pork — sport
Exercise D Exercise В
pull — pool not — top — hot
tool — full Rostov-on-Don
soon — sun dot — mop — mob
Exercise E Exercise С
us — bus tub — mud tone — note — smoke cone — loan — moan
must — sum humble — tumble code — hope — cope lobe — mould — gold
sun — hunt trust — lust boat — soap — coat
Звуки [о:], [о], [ou] З в у к и [ia], [ai], [au]

Гласный звук [з:] — долгий гласный Дифтонг [is]
Д л я того, чтобы правильно произнести звук, следу Ядро звука — гласный [ i ] , причем с к о л ь ж е н и е
ет придать органам речи положение, как при произ происходит в направлении нейтрального гласного, име
несении звука [ а ] , затем значительно округлить губы ющего оттенок звука [л].
и несколько выдвинуть их вперед.
Д и ф т о н г [ai]
Г л а с н ы й звук [о] Ядро дифтонга — гласный звук, похожий на русский
Д л я того, чтобы произнести [ о ] , следует исходить из звук [а] в слове чай. Скольжение происходит в направ
положения органов речи при произнесении звука [ а : ] , лении звука [ i ] , однако его образование не достигается
16
?0/99 17
полностью , в результате чего слышится лишь начало напряжен, кончик языка и верхние зубы образуют уз
звука [ i ] . кую неплотную щель. В эту щель с силой проходит
струя воздуха. Кончик языка не д о л ж е н сильно выс
Согласный звук [h] тупать за верхние зубы или слишком плотно прижи
Этого звука в русском языке нет. В английском язы маться к губам. Зубы должны быть обнажены, особен
ке он встречается только перед гласным и на слух пред но нижние, так, чтобы н и ж н я я губа не касалась верх
ставляет собой легкий, едва слышный выдох. В отли н и х зубов и не приближалась к ним.
чие от русского [ х ] , английский [h] образуется без вся
кого участия языка, поэтому,необходимо следить за Согласный звук [S]
тем, чтобы задняя спинка языка не поднималась близ При произнесении звука [б] органы речи занимают
ко к мягкому нёбу. такое же положение, как и при произнесении звука
[ 0 ] . Звук [9] отличается от звука [5] только звонкостью.
Exercise А
year — hear — ear here — near — fear Exercise А
tear — peer — beer rear — leer — mere through — fifth — myth thief — booth — t o o t h
thank — think — thought theatre — theory — theft
Exercise В
mile — pile — kite site — side — ride Exercise В
height — light — fight might — right — tight thermometer — thick — thin
pike — hike — hide thirst — thirty — thorough
threat — three — thunder
Exercise С threw — throat — thumb
hope — heap — hat heal — heel — heal faith — hearth — path
health — height — hear hood — his — ham bath — booth — broth
her — here — hate
Exercise С
Exercise D t h i s — that — those
hit — heat — head hall — hollow — hammer there — though — these
hand — happy — hard them — they — the
Звуки [ 0 ] , [ 3 ] Звуки [w], [ n ]

Согласный звук [ 0 ] Согласный звук [w]
В русском языке подобного звука нет. Звук [9] — При произнесении губы округлены и значительно
глухой. При его произнесении язык распластан и не выдвинуты вперед, а задняя часть языка занимает
18
19
примерно такое же положение, как при произнесении louse — mouse — cows

русского [ у ] . Струя выдыхаемого воздуха с силой про out — loud — without
ходит через образованную между губами круглую щель.
Губы энергично раздвигаются. Exercise В
draw — dribble — draft
Согласный звук [п] drag — drab — drank
П р и произнесении согласного задняя спинка языка drain — dragon — drama
смыкается с опущенным мягким небом, и воздух про drape - r - dreadful — drugs
ходит через носовую полость. Д л я того, чтобы добиться Dresden — dress — dry
нужного положения органов речи, м о ж н о сделать вдох drill — drop — drink
через нос с широко открытым ртом, затем следить за drive — drown — drum
тем, чтобы ни кончик языка, ни его передняя и сред drift — drier — droopy
няя часть не касались нёба.
Exercise С
Exercise А brown — bread — brace
brain — brakes — bran
what — why — where whip — wheat — while brunch — branch — brave
Brazil — breach — breast
Exercise В breath — broth — breathe
war — wharf — water wedding — wage — wait
waitress — waist — waist weather—woman — wind Exercise D
Exercise С treasure — trainer — trench
wall — wallet — walk walnut — waltz — won track — trade — traffic
troops — trend — trail
Exercise D translate — transmit — trance
w i n g — king — ping
s i n g — nothing — something Exercise E
n o t h i n g — anything — ring France — French — fruit
fry — frame — free
З в у к и [ a u ] , [dr], [br], [gr], [tr], [fr], [9r] three — thread — throat
Exercise A threat — through — thrill
thirty — throne — threaten
now — how — brown
out — now — house
20 21
ENGLISH ALPHABET
(Английский алфавит)
БУКВА НАЗВАНИЕ БУКВА НАЗВАНИЕ
Аа [ei] Nn [en]
ВЬ [bi:] Oo [ou]
Сс [Si:] PP [pi:] v
Dd [di:] Qq [kju:]
Ее И Rr M •
Ff [ef] Ss [es]
Gg [*i=] Tt [ti:]
Hft Uu [ju:]
Ii [ai] V v [Vi:]
Jj [<feei] W w fdAblju:]
Kk [kei] Xx [eks]
LI [el] Yy [wai]
M m [em] Zz [zed]
Урок!
Слова, обозначающие мужчин (man, boy, son, hus

band, king), относятся к мужскому роду и заменяются
местоимением he (он), относящимся к м у ж . р. (ед. ч.):
УРОК1 Не is a boy. Не is a son. Не is a king.
Слова, обозначающие ж е н щ и н (girl, woman, daug

Грамматика hter, queen), относятся к женскому роду и заменяются
местоимением s h e (она), относящимся к ж е н с к . р.
(ед. ч.):
МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
She is a girl. She is a daughter. She is a queen.
Местоимения употребляются в предложении вместо
имени существительного или имени прилагательного. Слова, обозначающие вещи (table, chair, book, clock)
Местоимение называет людей, предметы или призна относятся к среднему роду и заменяются местоиме
ки у ж е упомянутые ранее. Например: нием it, относящимся к ср.р. (ед.ч.):
It is a book. It is a picture. It is an apple.
Peter gave Kate a book. S h e took it.
Петя дал Кате книгу. Она ее взяла. Местоимение t h e y (они) относится ко всем трем ро
Y o u have a good dictionary. I want to buy such a дам (мн.ч.):
dictionary. They are boys. They are daughters. They are apples.
У вас хороший словарь. Я хочу купить такой сло
варь.
ЛИЧНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
Boy, woman, this, what, car, they и др. — все это
слова.
Единственное число Множественное число
Слова, обозначающие людей: boy, woman, teacher,
I (я) w e (мы)
baby и др.
y o u (ты) y o u (вы)
Вопросительное слово w h o относится к словам, обо
he (он), s h e (она), it (оно) t h e y (они)
значающим людей.
Вопросительное слово w h a t относится к словам, обо
Личные местоимения в английском имеют два па
значающим вещи.
дежа:
именительный падеж (the nominative case);
Однако, обратите внимание:
объектный падеж (the objective case), заменяющий
Who is he? Кто он? (как его зовут) Не is Mr Johnson.
собой все п а д е ж и русского.
What is he? Кто он?(по профессии) He is a teacher.
25
24
Чис ЛицО Основная форма Абсолютная форма

Склонение л и ч н ы х м е с т о и м е н и й
ло (перед существительным) (без существительного)
Мн. 1 our ours
Число Лицо Именительный Объектный падеж 2 your yours
падеж 3 their theirs
1 1(я) т е (мне)
2 you (ты) you (тебе) Основная форма употребляется в тех случаях, когда
Ед. he (он) him (ему) за притяжательным местоимением стоит существи
3 she (она) her (ей) тельное.
it (оно) it (ему) неодуш. This is my book and that is your book.
1 we (мы) us(нам) Это моя книга, а то твоя книга.
Мн. 2 you (вы) you (вам)
3 they (они) them (им) Абсолютная форма употребляется в тех случаях, когда
за п р и т я ж а т е л ь н ы м м е с т о и м е н и е м не с т о и т су
Примечание. После местоимения you глагол-сказуемое все
ществительное.
гда стоит во множественном числе (так как в современном анг
лийском языке вместо местоимения «ты» всегда употребляется This is my book and that is y o u r s . It is not m i n e .
вежливая форма обращения «вы». Это моя книга, а то твоя. Она не моя.
You are a student. Ты студент.
УКАЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕМЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
T h i s (этот, эта, это), t h a t (тот, та, то), s u c h (такой,
такая, такое, такие).
ту (мой, моя, мое, мои) our (наш, наша, наше, наши)
Указательные местоимения t h i s и t h a t имеют един
your ( Т В О Й , Т В О Я , твое, твои) your (ваш, ваша, ваше, ваши)
ственное и множественное число.
his (его), her (ее), i t s (его) their (их)
Притяжательные местоимения имеют две формы: t h i s (этот, эта, это) t h e s e (эти)
основную и абсолютную. t h a t (тот, та, то) t h o s e (те)
Формы притяжательных местоимений
3
Чис Лицо Основная форма Абсолютная форма ВЗ Запомните: this is — these are
ло (перед существительным) (без существительного) that is — those are
1 ту mine there is — there are
о your yours
Ед. it is — they are
Z his
her hers
its its
26 27
Английский язык Урок!
T h i s is my house and t h a t is yours. This is a cap and that is a hat. This is my book and
that is your copybook.
Это мой дом, а то — твой.
T h e s e are my books. Take t h o s e books. This is my house and that is yours. That house is
Эти книги мои. Возьми те книги. . mine.
Указательное местоимение s u c h имеет одну неизме

'# Грамматика
няемую форму. I like s u c h books. Мне нравятся такие
книги.
ПОРЯДОК СЛОВ В АНГЛИЙСКОМ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИИ
Задание 1.1. Н а п и ш и т е по-английски;
моя книга, ее ручка, наша комната, его собака, ваш В английском предложении каждый член предло
портфель, их комната, твоя машина. жения, как правило, имеет свое определенное место.
Так, в простом распространенном повествователь
Задание 1.2. Переведите на английский язык: ном предложении на первом месте стоит
1) п о д л е ж а щ е е , за ним следует
1. Та книга — не моя. 2. Эта книга — моя. 3. Это —
2) с к а з у е м о е , далее идет
моя книга, а то — его. 4. Это ее карандаши, а те —
3) дополнение (беспредложное, прямое, предложное)
мои. 5. Возьми те карандаши. 6. Я люблю такие руч
и затем
ки, они хорошие. 7. Ваша ручка плохая, возьмите мою.
4) обстоятельства (образа действия, места, времени).
1) I 2) gave 3) ту brother 3) a hook 4) yesterday.
Задание 1.3. З а м е н и т е в ы д е л е н н ы е слова личны
ми местоимениями.
Задание 1.5. Составьте и н а п и ш и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я ,
1 . P e t e r helped the p u p i l s t o translate t h e t e x t .
о б р а щ а я в н и м а н и е на порядок слов.
2. M o t h e r asked Mary to wash t h e p l a t e s . 3. My friend
1. Is, best, she, friend, my,
writes a l e t t e r to h i s s i s t e r . 4. J a n e took 3 b o o k s from
2. Learn, different, students, our, subjects.
t h e library (there). 5 . H i s c o u s i n s live i n M o s c o w .
3. The, is, Russia, of, the, in, country, the, largest,
6. Our g r a n d f a t h e r and g r a n d m o t h e r will come
world.
tomorrow. 7. Mary works in a s h o p .
4. In, the, we, city, live, a, flat, in, of, center, the.
5. Reading, is, my, of, best, son's, fond, friend.
Задание 1.4. Переведите на русский язык.
This is a pen and that is a pencil. These are tables and
those are chairs.
This is a plate and that is a lamp. This is a bed and
that is a sofa.
28 29
Урок 2
What books are these? — These are good books.

Whose pencil is it? — It is hers.
Which of these books is ours? — They are all yours.
УРОК 2 Who is here? — All pupils are here.
ВОЗВРАТНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ
* Грамматика В английском языке возвратные местоимения об
разуются от личных:
ВОПРОСИТЕЛЬНЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ I — myself we — o u r s e l v e s
Эти местоимения употребляются для построения you — yourself you — yourselves
вопросительного предложения. she — herself they — themselves
W h o (кто?) he —himself
Who is this man? Кто этот человек? it — i t s e l f
W h a t (что? какой? какая? какое? какие?)
What is it? Что это такое? Возвратное местоимение o n e s e l f образуется от нео
What book is it? Какая это книга? пределенного местоимения o n e .
W h o s e (чей?) Возвратные местоимения употребляются в предло
ж е н и и для того, чтобы сказать, что предмет, назван
Whose, pencil is it? Чей это карандаш?.
ный подлежащим предложения,
W h i c h (который?)
(а) сам совершает действие?
Which of these books is yours? Которая из этих
(б) сам совершает действие и испытывает его на себе.
книг твоя?
Как правило, они переводятся глаголом с частицей
"Местоимение w h o имеет два падежа: именительный -сь (-ся), которая присоединяется к глаголам. Например:
падеж who и объектный падеж w h o m (кому, кого). They washed and dressed t h e m s e l v e s .
W h o is here? Кто здесь? Местоимение w h o стоит в Они умылись и оделись.
именительном падеже и является подлежащим. Do it yourself.
W h o m do you see there? Кого ты там видишь? W h o m Сделайте это сами.
did you give my book? Кому ты дал мою книгу? Место Do not cut yourself!
имение w h o m стоит в объектном падеже и является He порежьтесь!
дополнением.
Задание 2.6. Употребите н у ж н о е возвратное мес
Задание 2.5. П е р е в е д и т е на русский язык. тоимение:
Whose pencil is it? — This (it) is my pencil. 1. I shall ask him.... 2. Не wants to do it.... 3. She
W h o is this man? — This man is our teacher. washed.... 4. You will answer the letter.... 5.1 looked
30 31
Урбк2
at... in the mirror. 6. We shall tell her.... 7. They have луйста. 6. Не говорите по-русски, пожалуйста {do not).
done the task.... 8. She doesn't like to speak about.... 7. Закройте книгу и принесите ее мне. 8. Не откры
9. The story... is very good, but not the translation. вайте это окно, пожалуйста.
1 0 . Children, do it....
Задание 2.7. Переведите на английский язык: '* Грамматика

1. Утром я умываюсь и одеваюсь. 2. Идите домой
сами. 3. Читайте книгу сами. 4. Не пораньтесь! (hurt). С п р я ж е н и е глагола to be
5. Они ходят в школу сами. 6. Причешитесь! {comb).
I Число Утвердительная Вопросительна)• 1 Отрицательная
форма форма i (Ьопмя
Повелительное наклонение
L , Настоящее время (Present Indefinite ~
Повелительное наклонение выражает приказ, I am. Ami? I am not.
просьбу или запрет на совершение действия. Предло
1 Ед. ч You are.
жение обычно начинается глаголом-сказуемым в фор Are you? You are not.
ме инфинитива без частицы to. . Не (she, it) is. Is he (she, it)? _ He (she, it) is not.
Например: T a k e this book. Возьмите эту книгу. 1 Мн. ч We (you, they) Are we (you, We (you, they) are
are. they)?
Don't take this book. He берите эту книгу. not.
, Прошедшее время fPast 1пН»«» Чг> "
Задание 2.8. Попросите (прикажите) по-английски:
1. идти домой; 2. дать вам ваш карандаш; 3. дать ей I (he, she, it) was. Was I (he, she, I (he, she, it) was
1 Ед.ч it)?
ручку; 4. не давать ей эту книгу; 5. не брать вашу not.
You were.
ручку; 6. говорить по-английски. Were you? You were not.
1 Мн.ч We (you, they) Were we (you, We (you, they)
Задание 2.9. Прочтите, переведите и выполните were. they)? were not.
действия.
L Будущее время (Future Indefinite)
1. Take the book. 2. Open it. 3. Give me the book.
I shall be. Shall I be?
4. Bring (принеси) him the book. 5. Look (посмотри) at I shall not be.
I Ед.ч f e u (he, she, it)
the book. 6. Open these books and do not close them. Will you (he,
J iwill be. s
he, it) be?
You (he, she, it)
will not be.
Задание 2.10. Попросите (прикажите) по-английски: J }#e shall be. JShall we be?
We shall not be.
1. Дайте мне эту книгу. 2. Принесите нам ту руч 1 Мн.ч fou (they) will \
Vill you (they) You (they) will not
ку. 3. Дайте ему эти карандаши. 4. Откройте эту кни [ Ь c- Ь e? |be.
гу и читайте текст. 5. Говорите по-английски, пожа-
32 2. Зак. 832
33
Английский язык Урок2
Сокращения Have you an English book? No, I have not. I have not
a good English book. My English book is old.
I am—I'm we are — we're
I am not — I'm not we are not — we aren't Задание 2.12. Письменно поставьте п р е д л о ж е н и я
(I ain't — разг.) (we're not) в вопросительную ф о р м у и д а й т е краткие утверди
тельные и л и отрицательные ответы.
you are — you're - they are — they're
Образец: She is his sister. Is she his sister? Yes, she
you are not — you aren't they are not — they aren't
is. No, she isn't.
(you're not) (they're not)
1. My father is a worker. 2. He is an engineer now. 3.
he is — he's These children are little. 4. You are my best friend. 5.
Your daughter is a pupil. 6. I am a student. 7. They are
he is not — he isn't (he's not) good boys. 8. Our mother is a teacher.
she is — s h e ' s Задание 2.13. Составьте п р е д л о ж е н и я из д а н н ы х

слов.
she is not — she isn't (she's not) 1. Have, no, book, I. 2. They, по, good, have, room. 3.
Have, yes, I. 4. Room, Ann, a, has. 5. Pen, has, a, she?
it is — it's 6. Little, dog, our, is. 7. Is, pencil, his, old. 8. Lamp, is,
it is not — it i s n ' t (it's not) good; her? 9. Book, give, please, me, your. 1 0 . Bag, good,
Задание 2.11. Прочтите, переведите и п е р е п и ш и т е , is, my.
и с п о л ь з у я , где в о з м о ж н о , с о к р а щ е н и я .
I am a student. Am I a student? Yes, you are. Задание 2.14. З а п о л н и т е пропуски н у ж н о й фор
We are s t u d e n t s . Are we students? Yes, we are. м о й глагола to be и переведите.
He is a doctor. Is he a doctor? N o , he is not. He is not 1. Н е . . . born in 1 9 8 5 . 2. We... students now. 3. We...
a doctor. good friends at the college. 4. It... an interesting book.
Are you doctors? Yes, you are. You are doctors. 5. Who... absent today? 6. H e . . . a student. 7. What...
She is a teacher. They are teachers. He is a teacher. he? 8. ... he a doctor? 9. These... my pencils. 1 0 . Where...
It is a dog. Is it a dog? Yes, it is. this book? It... on the table. 1 1 . What... their names?
Ann is a first-year student. She has a book. She has 1 2 . Mary... a girl. 1 3 . Who... he? 1 4 . What... you?
an English book. Her book is good. It is interesting. 15. This man... in the room. 16. How... she? 17. How...
I am a first-year student, too. But I have no E n g l i s h you? I... fine. 18. How... your friend? 1 9 . ... he your
book. son? 2 0 . Tomorrow we... at home. 2 1 . ...you a sportsman?
H a s Pete an English book? N o , he has not.
34 2* 35
Английский язык Урок 2
2 2 . There ... no book on the table. 2 3 . It ... my parents' Peter and Boris are in the room, too. Look at them.
car. 2 4 . There... 16 students in our group now. They are near the desk.
They have a dog. It is their dog. It is good.
Задание 2.15. Переведите с л е д у ю щ и е п р е д л о ж е н и я You are in the room. You have a book in your hand.
на а н г л и й с к и й язык: - I am a student. I have many friends.
1. Она — учитель? — Да. 2. Вы — не дети. Вы — Nick and Pete are students. They have many friends,
студенты. 3. Они сейчас в классе? — Нет. 4. Кто вы? too.
— Я — студент. 5. Она — мой друг. 6. Он — не док Ann has ten English books. Have you English books?
тор. 7. Это мои дети. 8. Что это? Это — новая книга. Yes, I have.
9. Где он был на прошлой неделе? 10. Мы — друзья. How many English books have you? I have only ten
English books.
Задание 2.16, Вставьте глагол to be в нужной форме: How many pencils have you got? I have got only five
1. Where ... y o u from? pencils.
2. How old ... you? How old ... your brother? How many red pencils has Ann? She h a s one red
3. What... your name? pencil.
4. I... glad to see you. How ... you? Where is your pencil? It is on the desk.
5. The dog ... in the garden. Where is Ann? She is at home.
6. My parents ... workers. Where is Pete? Pete is at the lesson.
7. ... your father a teacher? — N o , he ... a doctor..
8. He ... (not) a student, he ... a doctor
9. That book ... (not) very interesting.
1 0 . The book ... on the table.
1 1 . Moscow ... the capital of Russia.
1 2 . ... you students?
1 3 . What... the weather like today?
1 4 . What... on the table?
1 5 . ... Boris a good football player?
Задание 2.17. Прочтите и переведите.
TEXT
I am in the college. I have many books. My books are
interesting.
36
УрокЗ
Количественные числительные Порядковые числительные

8 eight the eighth
9 nine the ninth
10 ten the tenth
УРОКЗ 11 eleven the eleventh
12 twelve the twelfth
13 thirteen the thirteenth
14 fourteen the fourteenth
the fifteenth
I Грамматика 15 fifteen
16 sixteen the sixteenth
17 seventeen the seventeenth
18 eighteen the eighteenth
ЧИСЛИТЕЛЬНЫЕ 19 nineteen the nineteenth
20 twenty the twentieth
Числительные обозначают количество предметов или
Десятки: Составные числительные:
порядок предметов при счете.
20 twenty—the twentieth twenty-two—the twenty-second
Числительные делятся на количественные, отвеча thirty-three — the thirty-third
30 thirty — the thirtieth
ющие на вопрос сколько? и порядковые, отвечающие 40 forty — the fortieth forty-four— the forty-fourth
на вопрос который? 50 fifty — the fiftieth fifty-five — the fifty-fifth
60 sixty — the sixtieth sixty-six — the sixty-sixth
Количественные числительные от 13 до 19 образу
70 seventy — the seventieth
ются прибавлением суффикса -teen к основе.
80 eighty — the eightieth
Числительные, обозначающие десятки, имеют суф 90 ninety — the ninetieth
фикс -ty. Порядковые числительные, кроме первых трех
Ч и с л и т е л ь н ы е от 1 0 0 и более:
(first, second, third), образуются прибавлением суф
100 — a (one) hundred
фикса -th или -eth к соответствующим количественным
th
числительным. Они всегда употребляются с определен 101 — a (one) hundred and one 100 — the hundredth
st
ным артиклем. 101 — t h e one hundred
2 0 0 — two hundred and first
th
Количественные числительные Порядковые числительные 1 0 0 0 — (one) thousand 200 — the two hundredth
th
. 1 one — один the first — первый 1000 — the thousandth
2 two — два the second — второй
3 three — три the third — третий 1001 — a (one) thousand and one
4 four the fourth 5,550 — five thousand five hundred and fifty
5 five the fifth 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 — five million
6 six the sixth
1 5 0 0 — fifteen hundred
7 seven the seventh
39
38
Английский язык УрокЗ
Заметьте, что числительные h u n d r e d , t h o u s a n d , 2) on April the twelfth, two

m i l l i o n не имеют окончания -s, когда перед ними сто thousand one
ит другое числительное. Когда числительные обозна
чают неопределенное количество, они употребляются Задание 3.2. Н а п и ш и т е ц и ф р а м и с л е д у ю щ и е даты:
во множественном числе с окончанием -s, за которым a) The first of March nineteen seventy-six.
следует предлог of. Сравните: b) The fifth of December two thousand.
hundreds of books two hundred books c) The s i x t e e n t h of May nineteen five.
thousands of books five thousand books d) The third of July nineteen hundred,
millions of people two million people in (the year) nineteen ninety-seven
in (the year) nineteen hundred eighty-one
in (the year) two thousand five.
Номера страниц, домов, квартир, транспорта, обо
значаются не порядковыми, а количественными числи
Задание 3.3. Н а п и ш и т е по-английски:
тельными. В этих случаях существительные употреб
1) 7 марта 1999 года; 2) 1 сентября 1974 года; 3) 22 ап
ляются без артикля: page 15, house 40, flat 13, bus 72.
реля 1911 года; 4) 11 марта'1951 года; 5) 12 декабря
2024 года.
Задание 3.1. Прочтите по-английски:
1. Количественные числительные:
Как читаются дробные числительные?
3, 5 , 1 1 , 1 2 , 1 3 , 24, 69, 325, 1005, 530425, 1,745.033.
2. Порядковые числительные: Простые Десятичные
1, 2, 15, 2 3 , 8 4 , 149, 150, 2 0 8 , 1000, 2 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 1/2 —a (one) half; 0.1 — О [ou] point one
2 45 two oint f o u r five
1/4 _ a (one) quarter - — P
35 25 three five или:
Как читать даты? 2/3 — two thirds — (
Числительное, обозначающее год, делится на две ча thirty-five) point two five
1.5 — one and a half
сти — число сотен, а затем -•- число десятков и единиц.
1900 — nineteen hundred, in (the year) nineteen Задание 3.4. Н а п и ш и т е ц и ф р а м и д р о б н ы е числа:
hundred Простые:
2000 — two thousand, in (the year) two thousand 1) A (one) half; 2) two thirds; 3) a (one) quarter;
1905 — nineteen five, in (the year) nineteen five 4) three fourths; 5) two and a (one) half; 6) five and one
sixth; 7) a (one) fifth.
Даты читаются следующим образом: Десятичные:
April 12, 2 0 0 1 1) on the twelfth of April, two 1) Zero (nought/ou) point two; 2) two point four five;
thousand one 3) four point five; 4) three four (thirty four) point one
40 41
УрокЗ
Задание 3.6. Скажите, который ч а с ?

zero two; 5) nought point nought one; 6) s i x point three
five; 7) fifty eight point three nought five. 1. It is eleven sharp. 2. It is five minutes past three.
3. It is ten past two. 4. It is a quarter past twelve. 5. It
is three o'clock. 6. It is half past eight. 7. It is twenty
Для обозначения времени:
five minutes to four. 8. It is three fifteen. 9. It is two
Если минутная стрелка (the long hand) находится в thirthy. 10. It is a quarter to nine.
правой части циферблата (a face) — используется пред
лог past.
Отрезки времени
It' ten past eleven. 10 минут двенадцатого.
second [seksnd] — секунда
It' a quarter past eleven. Четверть двенадцатого.
minute ['mmit] — минута
It's half past eleven. Половина двенадцатого.
hour ['аиэ] — час
week — неделя
Если минутная стрелка находится в левой части
month [тлпЭ] — месяц ' -
циферблата, то используется предлог to.
year [ja:] — год
I t ' s ten to twelve. Без десяти двенадцать.
century ['sentjun] — век (столетие)
It's a quarter to twelve. Без четверти двенадцать.
I t ' s twenty minutes to twelve. Без двадцати минут
Дни недели (употребляются с предлогом on)
двенадцать.
Monday ['mAndi] — понедельник
It is eleven sharp. Ровно одиннадцать.
Tuesday ['tju-.zdi] — вторник
Время до полудня обозначается a.m. (от лат. ante Wednesday f'wenzdi] — среда
meridiem), а после полудня p.m. (от лат. post meridiem). Thursday [03:zdi] — четверг
Например: 10 a.m. — Десять часов утра. Friday ['fraidi] — пятница
6 р . т — Шесть часов вечера. . Saturday ['satadi] — суббота
Sunday ['sAndi] — воскресенье
Задание 3.5. Н а з о в и т е по-английски время:
А) 8.05, 8 . 1 0 , 8 . 1 5 , 8.20, 8.25, 8 . 3 0 , Месяцы (употребляются с предлогом in)
8.35, 8.45, 8.50, 8.55, 9.00. January ['(Ззеш'иэп] — январь
Б) 1. Без двадцати двенадцать. February f'februan] — февраль
2. Без четверти три. March [ma:tj] — март
3. Половина пятого. April ['eipnl] — апрель
4. Четверть седьмого. May [mei] — май
5. Десять минут второго. June [d3u:n] — июнь
6. Ровно двенадцать часов.
43
42
УрокЗ
J u l y [chju'lai] _ ярлъ tonight — сегодня вечером

ав tomorrow — завтра
A u g u s t ['a:gast] густ
1 the day after tomorrow — послезавтра
September [ s e p ' t e i * ^ ~ сентябрь
October [ok'touba]"~ октябрь a fortnight — две недели
1103 from 10 till 12 — с 10 до 12
November [nou'vef ] ~ ноябрь
9 half an hour — полчаса
. December [di'semb ] — Декабрь
10 days ago — 10 дней назад
Времена года (употребляются с предлогом i n ) i t ' s time to... — пора (делать что-либо)
есъ& in an hour's time — в течение часа
s p r i n g [sprm] — 9
лето in time — вовремя (не слишком поздно; так, чтобы
summer [sAma] —
успеть)
a u t u m n fo.-tam] -- осень
има oh time — вовремя (точно по плану)
winter [wmta] — з
in the middle of... — в середине
this week (month, year) — на этой неделе (в этом
З а п о м н и т е следующие слова и в ы р а ж е н и я : месяце, году)
• , ,,ясы (наручные, карманные) next week — на следующей неделе
ч
a watch — ^ ч
сЫ с т е н н ы е last week — на Прошлой неделе
a clock — ч* ( > настольные)
an alarm-cto* ~ будильник
Задание 3.7. С к а ж и т е в р е м я по-английски:
It is... 1 1 . 3 0 ; 2 0 . 0 0 ; 12.00; 9.10; 8 . 5 0 ; 1 7 . 4 0 ; 10.15;
My watch is five minutes, fast. - Мои часы спешат 10.45; 18.30.
на 5 минут. , •
inutes slow Мои часы отстают Задание 3.8. С к а ж и т е по-английски:
My watch i s five V ' ~
• Который сейчас час? Сейчас ...
на 5 минут. „ • Какое сегодня число? Сегодня...
? Какои сегодня
What day is it Ы»У ~ День (недели)?
• Мои часы спешат на 10 минут.
W h a t date is it t o ^ Y ? - Какое сегодня число?
• Зимой, летом, весной, осенью.
W h a t time is it ~ Который час? В октябре, в ноябре, в мае, в августе.
Кото
W h a t is the time? - РЫИ час? Какой сегодня день (недели)?
жения с запные со еМ: На этой неделе (в этом месяце, году)
Запомните выр* ' ** «Р™*"
Десять дней назад.
yesterday — вчер*
• на прошлой неделе
the day before jj**** - позавчера • с 12 д о 14
today — сегодня две недели назад
44 45
Задание 3.9. П е р е в е д и т е на английский язык:

A. 1) 2 2 0 дней; 2) 1 5 0 0 человек; 3) 2 0 5 4 5 книг;
4) около 100 страниц; 5) почти 3 0 0 тетрадей.
УРОК 4
B. 1) первый автобус; 2) вторая страница; 3) милли
онный посетитель; 4) часть первая; 5) номер десятый.
C. 1) два миллиарда человек; 2) миллионы книг; V3t r
3) триста восемьдесят пять страниц; 4) двадцать пер
T Грамматика
вое декабря 199-7 года; 5) двенадцатое марта 2 0 0 0 года;
6) одна четвертая; 7) три пятых; 8) ноль целых, двад МНОЖЕСТВЕННОЕ ЧИСЛО СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ
цать пять сотых; 9) четыре целых и пять шестых;
10) две целых, сто пять тысячных. Множественное число существительных =
= единственное число + s (es)
Задание 3.10. Н а п и ш и т е ц и ф р а м и :
1) fifteen twenty one; 2) the eleventh of March; 3) two Множественное число существительных образуется
fifths; 4) seventeen point four two; 5) eighteen hundred путем прибавления к основе окончания -s:
five; 6) a (one) s i x t h ; 7) one tenth; 8) the first of Janu a boy — boys
ary; 9) sixteen thirty three; 10) nought point two four. a booh — books
а реп — pens
a girl — girls
Множественное число существительных, основа

которых оканчивается на -ch, -s, -ss, -sh, -x, а также
существительных, имеющих окончание -о, образуется
путем прибавления окончания -es:
a bench скамейка — benches
a bus автобус — buses
a glass стакан — glasses
a box коробка — boxes
a potato картошка — potatoes
Существительные, оканчивающиеся на -у (после со

гласной) во множественном числе имеют окончание -ies:
a baby младенец — babies
47
a fly муха — flies a formula — formulae.(formulas)

a lady леди — ladies a crisis — crises
Если слово оканчивается на / (-fe), то во множе a criterion — criteria
ственном числе / меняется на и и добавляется -(es) an index — indices
a life жизнь — lives a bacterium — bacteria
a knife н о ж — knives
a shelf полка — shelves В английском языке есть существительные, кото
a wife жена — wives (но: roof крыша — roofs) рые имеют одну (общую) форму для единственного и
множественного числа:
Как читаются окончания a.deer олень — deer олени
во множественном числе? a sheep овца — sheep овцы
a fish рыба — fish рыбы
-s читается как [ s ] после глухих согласных: books,
swine свинья — swine свиньи
cats
-s читается как [z] после звонких согласных и глас
Некоторые существительные могут употребляться в
ных: pens, boys
форме только единственного либо множественного числа.
-es читается как [iz] после s, s s , sh, ch, x, z: boxes
В единственном числе употребляются неисчисляе-
-у после согласных переходит в i + e s : city — cities,
мые существительные, такие как:
lady — ladies
money — деньги
s u g a r — сахар
Ряд существительных образует множественное чис
hair — волосы
ло не по общим правилам:
b u s i n e s s — дело
а) изменяется корневая гласная:
i n f o r m a t i o n — информация, сведения
a man мужчина — теп
fruit — фрукты
a woman женщина — women
p r o g r e s s — прогресс, успехи
a foot нога — feet
n e w s — новость, новости
a tooth зуб — teeth
peace — мир
a goose гусь — geese
l o v e — любовь
a mouse мышь — mice
k n o w l e d g e — знание, знания
б) добавляется окончание -еп:
advice — советы
an ох бык — дхеп
furniture — мебель
a child ребенок — children
l u g g a g e — багаж
в) заимствуются формы единственного и множе
ственного числа из латинского и греческого языков:
48 49
Только во м н о ж е с т в е н н о м числе употребляются ли: неопределенный артикль во м н о ж е с т в е н н о м числе

слова для обозначения предметов, с о с т о я щ и х из д в у х опускается, определенный артикль сохраняется):
и более частей: the star, a mountain, a tree, a waiter, t h e queen, a
t r o u s e r s — брюки man, the woman, an eye, a shelf, a box, the city, the
g l a s s e s — очки boy, a goose, a watch, a mouse, a dress, a toy, a sheep, a
s c i s s o r s — ножницы tooth, a child, an ox, a deer, the life, a tomato.
s h o r t s — шорты
Задание 4.4. Поставьте с л е д у ю щ и е словосочетания
Только во множественном числе употребляются слова: во м н о ж е с т в е н н о е число (обратите в н и м а н и е на из
c l o t h e s — одежда менения в указательных местоимениях):
g o o d s — товары this man, that match, this tea-cup, t h i s egg, that wall,
r i c h e s — богатства that picture, t h i s foot, that mountain, this lady, that
t h a n k s — благодарности window, t h i s knife
m a n n e r s — манеры
l o o k s — взгляды Задание 4.5. Поставьте с у щ е с т в и т е л ь н ы е в следу
ю щ и х предложениях во множественное число.
Задание 4.1. Перепишите исчисляемые и неисчисля- * 1. A new house is in our street. 2. This story is very
емые существительные в 2 столбика и переведите их: interesting. 3. A woman, a man, a boy and a girl are the
t i m e , ' w a t e r , machine, music, snow, word, coffee, room. 4,. In the farm-yard we see an ox, a sheep, a cow
and a goose. 5. P u t this knife on that table. 6. Is this
money, idea, family, knowledge, sea, hour, tree, silver,
worker an Englishman or a German? — He is a French
meat, happiness, information, speed, book, news, house,
man. 7. W h a t is your name? 8. He keeps his toy in a box.
friend, milk, student, pen, paper, clothes, picture, air.
9. This man works at our office.
Задание 4.2. Н а п и ш и т е с л е д у ю щ и е существитель

Задание 4.6. Поставьте следующие п р е д л о ж е н и я во
н ы е во м н о ж е с т в е н н о м числе:
м н о ж е с т в е н н о е число, произведя н у ж н ы е и з м е н е н и я .
box, sheep, place, library, photo, mouse, lady, glass
1. This is my stocking. 2. He has a new s u i t . 3. The
e s , bush, dress, country, bus, party, wife, day, knife,
plate was on t h e table. 4. This town is very large. 5. Is
knowledge, month, pen, hero, goose, company, life, deer,
t h a t girl your- s i s t e r ? 6.1 s h a l l g i v e y o u my book.
tomato, city, man, play, news, child, fruit, shelf, leaf,
7. This s t o r y is a good. 8. Is t h i s a good match? 9. The
foot, fish, woman, money, information.
boy put his book on the desk. 1 0 . That h o u s e is new.
1 1 . The pupil put his book i n t o the bag. 1 2 . Is t h i s a
Задание 4.3. Поставьте следующие существительные good s t u d e n t ?
во множественное число (обратите внимание на артик-
50 51
ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ It is cold t o d a y . Сегодня холодно.

It r a i n s . Идет дождь.
The child's toys — The children's toys Как видим, безличные п р е д л о ж е н и я такого типа
The boy's books -— The boys' books состоят из местоимения it, которое не переводится,
—r глагола-связки в нужном по смыслу времени и имен
Задание 4.7. Употребите п р и т я ж а т е л ь н ы й п а д е ж ной части сказуемого, выраженного чаще всего име
существительных. нем прилагательным. Именная часть может быть так
Образец: The poems of L e r m o n t o v . (Lermontov's же выражена именем существительным или именем
poems.) числительным.
1. The toy of their children. 2. The questions of my I t ' s nice t o m e e t y o u . Приятно познакомиться.
son. 3. The wife of my brother. 4. The table of our It is п щ е o ' c l o c k now. Сейчас девять часов.
teacher. 5. The life of animals. 6. The voice of this girl. Очень часто безличные предложения описывают яв
7. The new book of the pupils. 8. The letter of Peter. ления природы, состояние погоды, обозначают время,
9. The car of my parents. 10 The room of my friend. расстояние.
1 1 . The handbags of these women. 1 2 . The flat of my Вопросительная и отрицательная формы безличных
sister is large. 1 3 . The children of my brother are at предложений образуются по тем же правилам, что и
home. 14. The room of the boys is large.
вопросительные и отрицательные формы предложений
с именным составным сказуемым.
Задание 4.8. Переведите на английский язык, упбт-
Is it Cold? — Холодно?
р е б л я я п р и т я ж а т е л ь н ы й п а д е ж существительных.
W a s n ' t it interesting? — Разве это не было интересно?
1. Это семья моего друга. Отец моего друга инже
I s n ' t it f u n n y ? — Разве,это не смешно?
нер. Мать моего друга учитель. 2. Она взяла книги
Частица n o t ставится после первого вспомогатель
своего брата. 3. Дайте мне тетради ваших учеников.
ного глагола.
4. Это книга нашего учителя? 5. Чья это сумка? — Это
сумка Петра. 6. Чьи это словари? — Это словари студен
тов. 7. Возьмите игрушки детей. Задание 4.9. П е р е в е д и т е на а н г л и й с к и й я з ы к :
1. Сегодня холодно., 2. Целый день идет снег. 3. Сей
Безличные и н е о п р е д е л е н н о - л и ч н ы е п р е д л о ж е н и я час утро. 4. Выло приятно познакомиться с вашим дру
гом. 5. Поздно. Пора спать. 6. Сейчас у ж е 10 часов
Английские предложения отличаются от русских утра. 7. На улице холодно? 8. Сейчас ранняя весна, но
тем, что в них всегда есть подлежащее и сказуемое. у ж е тепло. 9. Это далеко отсюда?
Поэтому в безличных предложениях, когда нет под
лежащего, в качестве формального подлежащего ис
пользуется местоимение it.
52 53
Урок 5
существительным, которое начинается с гласного зву

ка: an apple, an egg.
Например: I b o u g h t a book y e s t e r d a y . Я купил вче
УРОК 5
ра книгу (одну из многих ей подобных). I h a v e an
apple, У меня есть яблоко (одно, какое-то).
** Грамматика U S ' Неопределенный артикль a (ah) может употреб

ляться только с исчисляемыми существитель
НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЙ И ОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЙ АРТИКЛИ ными, стоящими в единственном числе. Пе
ред неисчисляемыми существительными или
Неопределенный артикль a ( a n ) происходит от чис существительными во множественном числе
лительного o n e (один), определенный — от указатель неопределенный артикль опускается.
ного местоимения t h a t (тот).
Артикль у п о т р е б л я е т с я :
Н е о п р е д е л е н н ы й артикль н е у п о т р е б л я е т с я :
• перед каждым нарицательным существительным.
а) с неисчисляемыми и абстрактными существи
Артикль не употребляется, если перед существи
тельными:
тельным стоит:
I l i k e coffee a n d t e a . F r i e n d s h i p is v e r y i m p o r t a n t
« указательное или притяжательное местоимение —
in our life.
This is ту book.
б) с существительными во множественном числе:
• другое существительное в притяжательном па
The books are on the table.
д е ж е — It's teacher's book.
в) с именами собственными:
• количественное числительное — She has one pen.
I told J a n e about that.
• отрицание no — He has no book.
г) с существительными, перед которыми стоят при
Упоминая предмет впервые, мы употребляем перед тяжательные или указательные местоимения:
ним неопределенный артикль а(ап). Упоминая этот
This car is b e t t e r than that.
же предмет вторично, мы ставим перед ним определен
T h a t b i k e i s old.
ный артикль the. Например: This is a book. The book is
д) с существительными, за которыми следует коли
interesting.
чественное числительное, обозначающее номер:
Read the t e x t on page eight.
Н е о п р е д е л е н н ы й артикль a (an)
B5g» Неопределенный артикль а необходим в конст
Употребляется перед единичным, отдельным пред
рукциях:
метом, который мы не выделяем из класса ему подоб
I have a... This is a... I am a... What a fine day!
ных. Неопределенный артикль an обычно стоит перед
I see a... There is a... He is a... W h a t a good boy!
54
55
Определенный артикль the Г е о г р а ф и ч е с к и е н а з в а н и я и артикль

С географическими названиями и с именами соб
Определенный артикль t h e выделяет предмет или
ственными артикль, как правило, не употребляется,
предметы из класса им подобных:
за исключением следующих случаев:
The book I b o u g h t yesterday w a s interesting. — Кни
а) с названиями морей, рек, океанов, гарных хреб
га, которую я купил вчера, была интересной (это —
тов, групп островов используется определенный ар
конкретная книга, которую говорящий выделяет из
тикль: the Pacific Ocean, the Black Sea, the Thames,
класса ей подобных).
the British Isles.
Определенный артикль the употребляется как с ис
б) определенный артикль используется с некоторы
ч и с л я е м ы м и , так и с н е и с ч и с л я е м ы м и существи
ми названиями стран, областей и городов (хотя обычно
тельными, как с единственным, так и с множествен
с этими типами названий артикль не используется):
ным числом.
the Ukraine, the Crimea, the Caucasus, the Nether
Например: T h i s is a book. T h e book is i n t e r e s t i n g
lands, the Hague, the Riviera, the Congo, the West Indies
(исчисляемое в единственном числе).
в) определенный артикль используется с названи
T h i s i s m e a t . T h e m e a t i s fresh, (неисчисляемое)
ями стран типа:
T h e s e are b o o k s . T h e b o o k s a r e good, (множествен
the Russian Federation, the United States of Amer
ное число)
ica, the United Kingdom.
г) перед собирательным именем семьи:
Определенный артикль употребляется:
The Petrovs — Петровы
а) когда известно (из контекста, из о к р у ж а ю щ е й
Запомните, артикль, как правило, не н у ж е н в соче
обстановки), о каком предмете (предметах, явлениях)
таниях со словами next и last типа:
идет речь: Open t h e door, p l e a s e . I am g o i n g to t h e
next week, next year, last month, last Tuesday
college.
б) когда речь идет о единственном в своем роде пред
Задание 5.1. Объясните н а л и ч и е и л и отсутствие
мете или явлении: The m o o n is b r i g h t t h i s n i g h t .
а р т и к л я п е р е д существительными.
в) когда существительное имеет ограничивающее
1. Last week I met my friend. He was w i t h a young
определение, чаще всего с предлогом of.
girl. The girl was a student of our Academy. 2. This is a
I don't k n o w t h e n a m e of t h i s pupil.
Pencil. The pencil is red. 3. She is a teacher. She is our
г) в словосочетаниях типа in the north, to the west,
teacher of English. 4. It is a lake. The lake is deep. It's
at the cinema, the same, in the country, the rest of
one of the deepest lakes in the world. 5. There are many
the...
f l o w e r s in y o u r garden. The f l o w e r s are b e a u t i f u l .
д) если перед существительным стоит прилагатель
6. Did you write a plan? Give me your plan, please.
ное в превосходной степени
7. The Black Sea is in the South of Russia. 8. This is
T h i s i s t h e m o s t i n t e r e s t i n g book.
56 57
Nick. Не works as an engineer. He is a good engineer. 9. There is one of... largest countries of the world. 1 2 . Is your
are some schools in our street. The schools are new. dress made of... wool or... cotton? — It's made of silk.
1 0 . Yury Gagarin was the first cosmonaut of the world.
1 1 . I n s u m m e r t h e sky i s blue and t h e s u n s h i n e s Задание 5.4. Вставьте артикли a, an, the, где необ
brightly. 12. The Petrovs are very friendly. 13.This is ходимо:
Ann's book. I don't like such books. 1 4 . Winter begins 1. What... fine day it is today! 2. ... History and ...
in December. Computer Science were ... my favourite subjects at...
school. 3. I don't know ... way to... station. 4. He is...,
Задание 5.2. Вставьте артикли a, an, the, где необ e n g i n e e r by... profession. 5. U s u a l l y I g e t up at ...
ходимо: 7 o'clock in... morning. 6. ... R o s t o v is on ... right bank
1. This... pencil is broken. Give me that... pencil, of... Don. 7. Will you have... cup of... tea? 8. ... Warsaw
please. 2. I have ... ten programmes on my TV. 3. My is ... capital of Poland. 9. We shall go to... cinema together
friend has... car .... car is broken now. 4. I got... letter with... our friends. 1 0 . This is... book,... book is very
from my friend yesterday. ... letter was very long. 5. She interesting. 1 1 . Do you see... s u n in... sky today? 12. He
has two... daughters and one... son. Her... son is... student. i s . . . engineer by... profession. 13.1 went to... Smirnovs,
6. My... brother's... friend has no... dog. 7. This i s . . . but they were not at... home.
house. ... house is white. 8. They have... party. ... party
is... birthday party. 9. I read ... good book yesterday. Задание 5.5. Употребите, где требуется, а р т и к л и
... book was interesting and funny. а, an, the:
1. ... Volga i s . . . longest river in... Europe. 2. W h a t
Задание 5.3. Вставьте артикли a, an, the, где необ is... nearest way t o . . . Drama Theatre? 3. ... butter and...
ходимо: cheese are made of... milk. 4. Usually I g e t up at...
1. Yesterday I saw... new film, but... film wasn't very 7 o'clock in... morning. 5. ...Rostov is situated on... Don.
interesting. 2. Moscow is sitiated on ... Moskva river б. Will you have... cup of... tea?
and London is situated on... Thames. 3. Yuri Gagarin
was... first man to fly over... Earth in spaceship. 4. My Задание 5.6. П е р е в е д и т е на английский язык, об
sister will go to school... next year. 5. In... summer we р а щ а я в н и м а н и е н а у п о т р е б л е н и е артикля.
went to ...Black Sea. 6. ... New York is one of the biggest 1. Какой прекрасный цветок! 2. Какой хороший Друг!
business centers in the world. 7. ... Lomonosov was... 3. Вчера Ивановы уехали в Киев. 4. Вечером наша
great Russian scientist. He was born in... small village семья дома. 5. Москва — столица России. 6. Это —
on ... shore of... White Sea. 8. ... Peter's brother is... мой дом. Дом — новый 7. Летом мы ж и л и в Деревне
worker and we are... students. 9. What... strange man на реке Дон. 8. Он учитель или инженер по профес
he is! 10. In... summer we live in... country. 11....Russia сии? 9. Мы — студенты колледжа. 1 0 . Посмотрите на
картинку на странице десять.
58 59
Задание 5.7. П р о ч и т а й т е и п е р е в е д и т е текст. I like to listen to modern music > but s o m e t i m e s I like
to listen to some classical music. My favourite composer
ABOUT MYSELF is Tchaikovsky. I haven't much time to watch TV but
sometimes I spend an h o u r of two watching an inter
My name is Marina Suvorova. I am fifteen. I was born e s t i n g film or a news programme. In the evening I often
th
on the 5 of March, 1 9 8 5 in Rostov-on-Don. N o w I live read newspapers or an interesting book. I like f r e s h air
in Rostov with my p a r e n t s and my grandmother.
and exercises, but I have not m u c h . t i m e to go in for
My family is not very large. We have five people in
sports.
our family. My father's name is Igor Petrovich He is
forty years old. He is a doctor and he works at a hospi
Words
tal. My mother's name is Lyudmila Leonidovna. She is
thirty nine years old. She is a h o u s e w i f e . My y o u n g e r p a r e n t s — родители
sister is a pupil. She is in the seventh form. My grand a h o u s e w i f e — домохозяйка
m o t h e r l i v e s w i t h u s . S h e d o e s n ' t work. S h e i s a y o u n g e r — младшая
pensioner. I love my family. We are all friends and we a p e n s i o n e r — пенсионер
love each other. an a u n t — тетя
I have one a u n t and two u n c l e s . Their children are an u n c l e — дядя
my cousins.
a c o u s i n — кузен, кузина
We live in a big flat in a new house. There are four
- l i v i n g r o o m — жилая комната
rooms in our flat: a l i v i n g room, a study, a kitchen, a
a s t u d y — кабинет
b a t h r o o m and t w o b e d r o o m s . W e have all m o d e r n
a b a t h r o o m — ванная, туалет
c o n v e n i e n c e s : g a s , hot and cold, r u n n i n g water,
a b e d r o o m — спальня
electricity and telephone.
I have my d u t i e s about the house. I must go s h o p p i n g . m o d e r n — современный
I help my Mother to clean the rooms. I t ' s not difficult c o n v e n i e n c e s — удобства
for me. I like our home to be clean and tidy. d u t i e s — обязанности
I am a student of the college now. We have many good to go s h o p p i n g — ходить за покупками
teachers at our college. I try to be a good pupil and I do t i d y — опрятный
w e l l in all subjects. But my f a v o u r i t e subject is English. to try — стараться, пытаться
I spend much time on it. I like reading.'I like detective to do w e l l — зд. успевать
stories but I prefer to read historical novels or modern f a v o u r i t e — любимый
writers. f a v o u r i t e — любимый
I have many friends. Many of them are my classmates. to prefer — предпочитать
We spend much time together, go for a walk, talk about
to spend"— проводить, тратить
lessons, music and discuss our problems.
60 61
Урок 5
patriotic ['paeitn'otik] технический

s o m e t i m e s — иногда
heroism ['herouizm] лига, союз
an hour — час
pensioner ['реп/эпэ] больница
fresh — свежий .
medical ['medikl] радио
go in for s p o r t s — заниматься спортом
engineer ['encfti'nis] техник
student fstjurdant] результат
Задание 5.8. Ответьте на вопросы.
technical [tek'nijn] кузина
1. What is your name?
league [li:g] патриотический
2. Where and when were you born?
radio ['reidioj пенсионер
3. How old are you?
result [n'zAlt] студент
4. Where do you live?
cousin ['kAznj профессия
5. Have you got a family?
technician [tek'nijn] гитара
6. How large is your family?
7. Do you have brothers, sisters, grandparents in your
Задание 5.10. О б р а з у й т е с л о ж н ы е существитель
family?
8. What are your father and mother? ные и переведите их.
9. How many rooms are there in your flat? Образец: English, a man — Englishman — англичанин
10. What modern conveniences have you got in your,
1) a school, a girl
flat?
2) a week, an end;
.11; What are your duties about the house? •
3) a bed, a room;
12. What is your favourite subject at the college?
4) a birth, a day;
1 3 . What books do you like to read?
5) news, paper;
14. What music do you like to listen to?
6) a class, a room;
15. Do you go in for sports?
7) a tape, a recorder;
16. What sport do you go in for?
8) a chair, a man;
9) an air, a craft;
Задание 5.9. Н а й д и т е эквиваленты интернацио-
10) a t e x t , a book;
н а л ь н ы х слов.
11) a house, a wife;
hospital ['hospitl] медицина '
12) rain, a coat;
profession [pra'fe/n] любимое занятие
13) a rail, away;
medicine ['medsn] ветеран
14) a sea, a man;
hobby ['hobi] героизм
15) a post, a man;
guitar [gi'ta:] медицинский
16) a class, a mate.
veteran ['vetsren] инженер
62 63
Урок 6
Выбор формы глагола to be зависит от числа суще

ствительного, следующего сразу за ним:
УРОК 6 There is a c h a i r a n d t w o a r m c h a i r s in t h e r o o m .
There a r e t w o a r m c h a i r s a n d a chair in t h e r o o m .
Вопросительные предложения с оборотом there is /
there are строятся следующим образом „
'* Грамматика Общий вопрос: I s t h e r e a n y t h i n g i n t h e b a g ? W i l l
there be lessons tomorrow?
ОБОРОТ there is / there are Специальный вопрос: W h a t i s t h e r e i n t h e b a g ?
Разделительный вопрос. T h e r e are s o m e p u p i l s in
Оборот there is / there are служит для выражения the classroom, aren't there?
наличия (отсутствия) какого-либо предмета в опреде
ленном месте или в определенное время. Задание 6.1. Вставьте to be в н у ж н о й ф о р м е :
Present Indefinite 1. There... a telegram on t h e table. 2. ... there any
There is a p i c t u r e on t h e wall. На стене картина. telegrams from Moscow? Yes, there... some. 3. ... there
Is t h e r e a p i c t u r e on t h e w a l l ? На стене есть кар ... a f l i g h t for Moscow tomorrow? Yes, there ... ...
тина? 4. There... much snow last winter. 5. There... a lot of
There a r e p i c t u r e s on t h e wall. На стене картины. stars and planets in space. 6. ... there... a lift in your
A r e t h e r e p i c t u r e s on t h e w a l l ? На стене есть кар future house? Yes, there 7. Some years ago there
тины? ... many old houses in our street. 8. ... there any lectures
Past Indefinite yesterday! N o , there... 9. ... there a lamp over the table?
There w a s a p i c t u r e on t h e w a l l . На стене была кар Yes, there... 1 0 . ... there any interesting stories in t h i s
тина. book? 1 1 . ... t h e r e a t e s t l a s t lesson? N o , t h e r e . . . .
W a s t h e r e a p i c t u r e on t h e w a l l ? На стене была 1 2 . Soon there a new film on.
картина?
There w e r e p i c t u r e s on t h e w a l l . На стене были кар Задание 6.2. П о с т а в ь т е в о п р о с ы к с л е д у ю щ и м
тины. предложениям:
W e r e t h e r e p i c t u r e s on t h e w a l l ? На стене были 1. There are some new pupils in our group. 2. There
картины? is no book on the table. 3. There were many old houses
Future Indefinite in our street. 4. There are 4 seasons in a year. 5. There
There w i l l be p i c t u r e s on t h e wall. На стене будут will be a conference n e x t week. 6. There are many large
картины. cities in our country. 7. There was nobody in t h e room.
W i l l t h e r e b e p i c t u r e s o n t h e w a l l ! Н а стене будут 8. There are 7 days in a week. 9. There is something on
картины? the shelf. 1 0 . There are many places of interest in London.
64 3. Зак. 832 65
1 1 . There are many beautiful flowers in our garden. fish w i t h some salad for the second. I drink milk or a
1 2 . There was much work last week. cup of tea.
T w i c e a week I go to the swimming pool. I play volley
Задание 6.3. Н а п и ш и т е с л е д у ю щ и е п р е д л о ж е н и я
ball in the college t e a m and we have our training at our
в прошедшем и будущем временах:
big g y m n a s i u m .
1. There is much snow in winter. 2. There are 5 thea
In the e v e n i n g all the members of our family get
t r e s i n our c i t y . 3 . There i s n o lift i n o u r h o u s e .
together. We have supper together, watch TV or read
4. There are many new books in our library. 5. There is
books. Reading is my hubby. I like to read detective
little milk in the bottle. 6. There are 3 rooms in our
stories or books of modern writers. At about eleven o'clock
flat. 7. There is a map on the wall.
I go t o bed.
Задание 6.4. Прочитайте и переведите текст. Words

MY WORKING DAY u s u a l l y — обычно
U s u a l l y I get up at 7 o'clock on week-days. I do my e n o u g h — достаточно
bed and open the window. Sometimes I do my morning s h o w e r —- д у ш
exercises, but not always. Then I go to the bathroom. a l w a y s — всегда
There I wash myself and clean my teeth. Sometimes I o n l y — только
take a s h o w e r . After that I go back to my bedroom, dress n e v e r — никогда
myself and brush my hair. In five minutes I am ready c l o a k r o o m — раздевалка
e n o u g h for breakfast. I a l w a y s have a cup of tea or as a r u l e — как правило
coffee and a sandwich. After breakfast I take my bag, c a n t e e n — столовая
put on my coat and go to the college. t w i c e — дважды
I live not far from my college and it takes me o n l y ten t e a m — команда
J minutes to walk there. I am n e v e r late for the first g y m n a s i u m — спортзал
lesson, because I come to the college a few minutes before
the bell. I leave my coat in the c l o a k r o o m and go to the Задание 6.5. Ответьте на вопросы.
classroom. The lessons begin at eight o'clock and^et half
1. W h e n do you usually get up on your working day?
past one they are over. Sometimes after the lessons I go
2. What do y o u do in the morning when you get up?
to the library to I take some books. I usually do my
3. W h a t do y o u have for breakfast?
hometask at home. As a rule, I have no free time on my
week-days. 4. H o w much time does it take you to get to your
. Sometimes I have dinner at my college c a n t e e n . For school?
dinner I usually have soup for t h e first course, meat or 5. Do you have dinner at home or at the school canteen?
66 3* 67
Урок 6
6. What do you usually have for dinner? In the evening our family g e t s together. We have
7. Do you often go to the library? supper, watch TV or read books. Reading is my hobby.
8." When does your family have supper? I like to read detective stories or books of modern writers.
9. Do you go in for sports? At about eleven o'clock I go to bed.
10. When do you usually go to bed?
Words
Задание 6.6. Напишите рассказ о своем рабочем дне. v till — до
as s o o n as — как только
Задание 6.7. Прочитайте и п е р е в е д и т е текст. to air — проветривать
m o r n i n g e x e r c i s e s — зарядка
MY DAY OFF
Zoo — зоопарк
The last two days of the week are Saturday and Sun funny — смешной
day. They are called the weekend. People don't go to a n i m a l s — животные
work on weekends. But students and pupils have only to s p e n d — проводить
one day off. It is Sunday. to do s h o p p i n g — делать покупки
Weekend is my favourite time of t h e week because I to b u y — покупать
don't go to the college. I think Sunday is the best day of d e p a r t m e n t — отдел
the week. On this day I wake up later than usual. And g o o d s — товары
sometimes I don't get up t i l l nine or ten o ' c l o c k . ' A s b a k e r ' s — булочная
s o o n as I g e t up I air the room, do my bed and do b r e a d — хлеб
morning e x e r c i s e s . Then I h a y j ^ r e a k f a s t and help my r o l l s — булочки
Mother to зге away the d i s h j ^ ^ n ^ w a s h them. a l s o — также
After breakfast f"get ready with my homework and
then I am free. I meet my friends and we discuss our dairy d e p a r t m e n t — молочный отдел
plans together. Last Sunday we went to the Zoo. There
were many f u n n y a n i m a l s there. It w a s very interesting Questions
to s p e n d time there. 1. What days of the week do you like and why?
On Sundays I usually do s h o p p i n g . My Mother tells 2. What time do you g e t up on Sunday?
me what to buy, I take a shopping bag and go shopping. 3. What do you do in t h e morning?
As a rule I go to the shop near my house. There are 4. How do you usually spend your days off?
many d e p a r t m e n t s in this shop and I can /buy different 5. Do you often go to t h e country on your lays off?
g o o d s there. Then I go to the baker's and buy bread and 6. How did y o u spend your last Sunday?
r o l l s . I a l s o buy milk at the dairy d e p a r t m e n t . 7. Do you go shopping?
8. Do y o u go in for sports on Sunday?
68
69
9. Do you often go to see your friends? there. 8. I know French... and I can help you with the
1 0 . Do y o u like to spend your days off with your translation of this text. 1 0 . When we walked ... farther
friends or with your parents? down the road we met another group of pupils. 1 1 . 1 want
12. What is your hobby? to say... words about my travelling.
1 3 . What books do you like to read?
1 4 . Do your g u e s t s often come to you on Sunday? Задание 6.9. П е р е в е д и т е на английский я з ы к сле
д у ю щ и е п а р ы слов:
М е с т о и м е н и я little и few много тетрадей, много молока, много воды,-много
и м е с т о и м е н н ы е в ы р а ж е н и я a little и a few дней, много газет, много мела, много снега, много лет,
много картин, много музыки, много сахара, много чая,
Местоимение little и местоименное выражение a много лимонов, много мяса, многр комнат, много учи
little.употребляются с неисчисляемыми существи телей, много работы, много воздуха, много птиц, мно
тельными, местоимение few и местоименное выраже го машин.
ние a few — с исчисляемыми:
Give me a l i t t l e water, p l e a s e . Задание 6.10. Вставьте much и л и many.
There i s l i t t l e m i l k i n t h e b o t t l e . 1. Please don't ask me... questions. 2. How ... money
I h a v e a few friends in Minsk. have you got? 3. I never eat.., bread w i t h soup. 4. W h y
I've g o t o n l y few p e n c i l s i n t h e b o x . did you eat s o . . . ice-cream? 5. She wrote us... letters
from the country. 6.... of t h e s e students don't like to
Местоимения few и little означают «мало», а место look up words in the dictionary. 7. ... in t h i s work was
именные выражения a few и a little — «немного». too difficult for me. 8. He spent... t i m e w r i t i n g h i s
Much (много) употребляется с неисчисляемыми су composition in Literature. 9. There were... plates on the
ществительными, many (много) — с исчисляемыми. table. 1 0 . Thank you very ...! 1 1 . ... of my friends are
preparing for their examinations now. 1 2 . 1 don't like ...
sugar in my tea.
Задание 6.8. Вставьте much/many, little/few,
a little/ a few.
1. Have you got... time before the lesson? 2. She gave Задание 6.11. П е р е в е д и т е на а н г л и й с к и й язык.
him... water to wash his hands and face. 3. He had... 1. В стакане есть немного молока. 2. В тетради ос
E n g l i s h b o o k s a t home, s o h e w e n t t o t h e library. талось мало чистых страниц. 3. У тебя много кофе? —
4. After the lesson everybody felt... tired. 5,1 like it Нет, очень мало. 4. Немногие из англичан говорят по-
here. Let's stay here... longer. 6. There were... new words русски. 5. У н и х здесь очень мало друзей. 6. У него
i n t h e t e x t and P e t e r s p e n t . . . t i m e l e a r n i n g t h e m . очень мало времени д л я чтения. 7. У Петра много
7. There was... sugar in the bowl, and we put ... sugar русских книг и мало английских книг. 8. У меня есть
йемного времени вечером, чтобы закончить эту рабр-
70 71
ту. 9. Я провожу много времени в библиотеке, потому porridge [ p o n d 3 ] — каша

что я готовлюсь к экзаменам. cream [ki:m] — сливки, сметана
soup [su:p] — суп
Задание 6.12. Прочитайте и з а п о м н и т е с л о в а по steak [steik] — бифштекс
т е м е Meals («Еда»). mutton chops ['mAt(a)n tjops] — котлеты из баранины
chicken ['tfikm] — курица
restaurant ['restaro:n] — ресторан chips [t/ips] — чипсы
cafeteria [ksefi'tins] — кафетерий pudding ['pudin] — пудинг
canteen [kaen'ti:n] — столовая (студенческая, школьная) rice [rais] — рис
cafe ['kaefei] — кафе salad ['saslad] — салат
breakfast ['brekfast] — завтрак pie [pai] — пирог
lunch [LvntJ"] — второй завтрак cake [keik] — торт, кекс, пирожное
dinner ['dma] — обед ice-cream [ais kri:m] — мороженое
supper ['Блрэ] — у ж и н s w e e t s [swi:ts] — конфеты
to have breakfast — завтракать salt [solt] — соль
to have dinner — обедать pepper ['рерэ] — перец
to have supper — ужинать mustard ['mAStad] — горчица
vinegar ['vmiga] — уксус
Названия продуктов и блюд: sauce [so:s] — coyc
bread [bred] — хлеб
butter ['bAta] — сливочное масло Названия напитков:
jam [азагт] — д ж е м , варенье . soft drinks — безалкогольные напитки
cheese [tj"i:z] — сыр strong drinks — спиртные напитки
cornflakes — кукурузные хлопья mineral water — минеральная вода
sugar [Juga] — сахар fruit juice [fru:t d3u:s] — фруктовый сок
meat [mi:t] — мясо
cocoa [koukou] — какао
fish [fif] — рыба
coffee f'kofi] — кофе
e g g s [egz] — яйца
tea [ti:] — чай
e g g s and bakon ['egzaend'beik(a)n] — яичница с вет
чиной wine ['warn] — вино
boiled e g g s [boild] — вареные яйца beer f'bia] — пиво
omelette [ ' э т Ы ] — омлет
sausage ['sosid3] — колбаса Названия овощей
frankfurters ['fraenkfutaz] — сосиски cabbage ['kaebich;] — капуста
ham [Ьагт] — окорок, ветчина carrots ['kasrats] — морковь
72 73
onions ['Anjanz] — лук For breakfast Englishmen often have porridge or corn
cucumber ['kjuikambs] — огурцы flakes with milk or cream and sugar, bacon and eggs,
tomatoe [ts'martou] — помидор jam with buttered toasts and tea or coffee. For a change
beans [bi:nz] — фасоль, бобы they can have a boiled egg, cold ham, or fish.
English people usually have lunch about one o'clock.
Названия фруктов: At lunch time in a London restaurant y o u can h a v e a
apples ['aepls] — яблоки mutton chop, or steak and chips, or cold meat or fish
pears [pes] — груши with potatoes and salad, then a pudding or fruit.
plums [pUmz] — сливы Afternoon tea can hardly be called a meal. It is a
oranges [ ' э п п а з и ] — апельсины
substantial meal only in well-to-do families. It is between
grapes [greips] — виноград
five and s i x o'clock. It is rather a sociable sort of thing,
strawberries ['stro:banz] — клубника
as friends often come for a chat (поболтать) while they
cherries f'tjenz] — вишня
have their cup of tea, cake or biscuit.
In some houses dinner is the biggest meal of the day.
Названия предметов сервировки стола:
But in great many English homes, the midday meal is
plate [pleit] — тарелка
the chief one of the day, and in the evening there is
spoon [spu:n] — ложка
usually a much simpler supper — an omelette, or sausages,
tea spoon — чайная ложка
sometimes bacon and eggs and sometimes just bread and
fork [fo:k] — вилка
cheese, a cup of coffee or cocoa and fruit.
knife [naif] — н о ж
glass [gla:s] — стакан
cup [клр] — чашка Задание 6.14. Составьте п р и м е р н о е м е н ю в а ш е г о
saucer ['sorss] — блюдце завтрака, о б е д а и у ж и н а .
bottle ['botl] — бутылка Начните так: For breakfast I usually have...
teapot ['ti:pot] — чайник (заварной)
ash-tray [as/trei] — пепельница Задание 6.15. Вставьте артикли и п е р е в е д и т е на
napkin [naepkm] — салфетка русский я з ы к с о с л о в а р е м .
CHARLES DICKENS
Задание 6.13. Прочитайте и переведите текст. At... beginning of..." 1 9 t h century... little boy w a s
> MEALS IN ENGLAND born-in... family of John Dickens,... clerk at... office
The usual meals in England are breakfast, lunch, tea in... Portsmouth, and was named Charles. He had... sister
and dinner or — in simpler houses — breakfast, dinner, who was older t h a n he, and there were several other
tea and supper. children in... family. When Charles was seven, he was
sent to... school. He was not... strong child. He did not
74 75
like to play... cricket or... football and spent all his free
time reading. In 1 8 2 1 . . . family went t o . . . London, and
little Charles left behind him... happiest years of his
childhood . H i s father was in... money difficulties, and...
family became poorer and poorer. ... boy had to g i v e up УРОК 7
his studies. Mr. Dickens was put into... debtors' prison.
Little Charles learned to know all... horrors and cruelty Ч>Ц,
of... large capitalist city. He had to go to work at...
Грамматика
blacking factory. He worked there from... morning till...
night. When his father came out of prison, Charles was
СТЕПЕНИ СРАВНЕНИЯ
sent to... school for some time. Soon he got work as...
clerk. Then he learned... s t e n o g r a p h y and became...
ПРИЛАГАТЕЛЬНЫХ И НАРЕЧИЙ
reporter in Parliament. In 1 8 3 6 at... age of 24 Charles
Прилагательные обозначают признаки предметов и
Dickens published his first book. It was... collection of...
отвечают на вопрос какой?
stories. ... title of... book was «Sketches by Boz». These
A w i d e road. Широкая дорога.
were followed by «Pickwick Papers* and «Oliver Twist»
A t a l l t r e e . Высокое дерево.
and many other famous novels. Charles Dickens is one
An i n t e r e s t i n g book. Интересная книга.
of... greatest writers of... 19th century. H i s novels are
Наречия отвечают на вопрос как?
now translated into most languages of... world.
Не s p e a k s E n g l i s h well. Он говорит по-английски
хорошо.
Прилагательные и наречия имеют три формы сте

пеней сравнения:
п о л о ж и т е л ь н у ю (positive degree), с р а в н и т е л ь н у ю
(comparative degree), п р е в о с х о д н у ю (superlative
degree).
Формы сравнительной и превосходной степеней об
разуются двумя способами:
Способ 1. Если прилагательное односложное, форма

его сравнительной степени образуется при-помощи суф
фикса -ег, а форма превосходной степени — при помо
щи суффикса -est.
77
Урок7
З а п о м н и т е исключения при о б р а з о в а н и и степеней

Полож. степень Сравн. степень Превосх. степень
strong the strongest сравнения прилагательных:
stronger (сильнее)
(сильный) (сильнейший)
Положительная Сравнительная Превосходная
cold the coldest
colder (холоднее) степень степень степень
(холодный) (самый холодный)
better (более хороший, the best (самый хороший,
good (хороший) лучший)
лучше)
Некоторые двусложные прилагательные, оканчива
worse (более плохой, the worst (самый плохой,
ющиеся на -у, -ег, -ow образуют степени сравнения bad (плохой)
хуже) худший)
так же, как и односложные, с помощью суффиксов -ег the least (самый
little (маленький) less (меньше, меньший)
и -est. маленький)
e a s y — легкий much (many) most (больше всего,

more (больше)
(много) самый большой)
e a s i e r — более легкий, легче
the farthest (самый
t h e e a s i e s t — самый легкий, легчайший far (далекий) farther (более далекий),
далекий), the furthest
Раг(далеко) further (дальше)
(дальше всего)
c l e v e r — умный
cleverer — более умный, умнее Существительное, определяемое прилагательным в
t h e c l e v e r e s t — самый умный, умнейший превосходной степени, всегда имеет определенный ар
тикль.
narrow — узкий В предложениях со степенями сравнения прилага
narrower — более узкий, у ж е тельных и наречий используются следующие союзы:
t h e n a r r o w e s t — самый узкий
= as ... as такой же ... как
Способ 2. От двусложных прилагательных и при f- n o t so ... as не такой ... как
лагательных, состоящих из трех или более слогов, срав
нительная степень образуется при помощи слова more Запомните выражение: The more we learn, t h e more
( l e s s ) , а превосходная степень — при помощи слова we know. Чем больше мы учим, тем больше мы знаем.
most (least)
f a m o u s — знаменитый Задание 7.1. Образуйте сравнительную и
m o r e ( l e s s ) f a m o u s — более (менее) знаменитый п р е в о с х о д н у ю с т е п е н и от с л е д у ю щ и х прилагатель
t h e m o s t famous — самый знаменитый, знаменитей ных и наречий:
ший 1. large, tall, long, easy, hot, big, cold, nice, bad,
i n t e r e s t i n g — интересный
strong, short, wide, good, happy, high, low, busy, well,
m o r e i n t e r e s t i n g — более интересный, интереснее
little, many, far;
t h e m o s t i n t e r e s t i n g — самый интересный, интерес
нейший
78 79
2. wonderful, necessary, quickly, interesting, com 4. Это — самая прекрасная картина во всей кол
fortable, popular, active, famous, pleasant, beautiful, лекции.
slowly, clearly. 5. Российская Федерации больше Великобритании.
6. Он сделал работу быстрее, чем вы.
Задание 7.2. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на русский 7. Чем больше вы работаете, тем легче сдавать эк
язык. замены.
1. This book is not so interesting as that one. 2. The 8. Его работа лучше вашей, но работа Анны — са
Baltic Sea is not so warm as the Black Sea. 3. The more мая лучшая.
you read, the more you know. 4. My brother is not as 9. Россия — самая большая страна в мире.
tall as you are. 5. The earlier you get up, the more you 1 0 . Я живу не так далеко от института, как мой
can do. 6. Today the wind is as strong as it was yesterday. ДРУГ.
7. Your room is as light as mine. 8. John knows Russian 1 1 . В июле столько же дней, сколько в августе.
as well as English. 9. Mary is not so lazy as her brother. 1 2 . Самолет быстрее, чем поезд.
10. The longer the night is, the shorter the day. 1 1 . The
less people think, the more they talk. Задание 7.5. П р о ч и т а й т е и переведите текст.
TRAVELLING
Задание 7.3. Раскройте скобки, употребив н у ж н у ю
степень прилагательного/наречия. Travelling became a part of our life. Thousands of
1. Winter is (cold) season of the year. 2. Moscow is people travel every day e i t h e r on business or for pleas
(large) than St.Petersburg. 3. Which is (long) day of the ure. They travel by road, by train, by air or by sea.
year? 4. The A l p s are (high) m o u n t a i n s in Europe. Of course, travelling by air is the f a s t e s t and the
5. Even (long) day has an end. 6. It is one of (important) most c o n v e n i e n t way, but it is the most expensive, too.
questions of our conference. 7. Your English is (good) Travelling by train is s l o w e r than travelling by plane,
now. 8. Who knows him (well) than you? 9. We have but it is less e x p e n s i v e . You can see many interesting
(little) interest in this work than you. 1 0 . Health is places of the country through the window. Modern trains
(good) than wealth. 1 1 . Your son worked (well) of all. have more comfortable seats. There are also s l e e p i n g
1 2 . Today y o u worked (slowly) than usually. c a r s and d i n i n g c a r s that make even the longest journey
more pleasant. Speed, comfort and safety are the main
Задание 7.4. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я . a d v a n t a g e s of trains and planes. That is why many people
1. Чарльз Диккенс — один из самых известных пи prefer them to all other k i n d s of travelling.
сателей в мире. Travelling by sea is popular m o s t l y for pleasure trips.
2. Этот рассказ интереснее, чем тот. Tourists can make voyages-on large ships to foreign coun
3. Ваш дом выше нашего? Нет, он такой же высо tries. The t r i p s on the Volga, the Don and the Black Sea
кий, как ваш. are very popular today.
80 81
As for me I prefer travelling by car. I think it's more Предлоги

convenient because you don't buy tickets, you can stop any
place and spend as much time as you like at any place. Предлоги, обозначающие место
at — у, в, возле, рядом
Words:
местонахождение у чего-либо
either ... or — или ... или местонахождение там, где протекает определенный
train — поезд процесс:
f a s t — быстрый I am s i t t i n g at t h e t a b l e . — Я с и ж у у стола.
c o n v e n i e n t — удобный I s t u d y at s c h o o l . — Я учусь в школе.
w a y — путь, способ The pupils are at the lesson. —Ученики на уроке.
s l o w — медленный
a d v a n t a g e s — преимущества in — в
p l a n e (airplane) — самолет - местонахождение внутри чего-либо:
e x p e n s i v e — дорогой (о стоимости) Не is in t h e office. — Он в офисе.
s l e e p i n g car — спальный вагон T h e b o o k s a r e in t h e bag. — Книги в портфеле.
dining car — вагон-ресторан
journey — путешествие, поездка on — на
kind — вид, род, сорт местонахождение на поверхности:
p l e a s a n t — приятный T h e h o o k is on t h e desk. — Книга на столе.
m o s t l y — главным образом
v o y a g e — путешествие (по воде) under — под
trip — путешествие местонахождение под другим предметом:
to prefer — предпочитать T h e b o o k is u n d e r t h e t a b l e . — Книга под столом.
Questions across — через

1) Do you think modern life is impossible without
travelling? I l i v e a c r o s s t h e s t r e e t . — Я ж и в у ч е р е з дорогу.
2) W h y do people travel?
3) What are the means of travelling? above — над
4) How do you prefer to travel and why? местонахождение над другим предметом:
5) What is the fastest kind of travelling? T h e r e is a l a m p a b o v e t h e t a b l e . — Н а д столом ви
сит лампа.
between — между
B e t w e e n u s . — М е ж д у нами.
82 83
in front of — впереди, перед 5. The book is... the bag. 6. The pencil i s . . . t h e desk.
местонахождение предмета (лица) впереди другого 7. My house is ... the street. 8. The blackboard is ... the
предмета (лица) classroom. 9, The chair is ... the table. 10. We sit ... the
There is a t e l e p h o n e in front of him. — П е р е д ним table. 1 1 . There is a lamp ... the desk. 12. Please, sit
стоит телефон. down ...the table. 1 3 . A sport ground is ...our school.
14. Pushkin street is ... Lenin street and Sadovaya street.
behind — за, позади, сзади 1 5 . We have lunch ... 11 o'clock and 12 o'clock. 16. The
местонахождение предмета (лица) позади другого bridge is ... the Don River.
предмета (лица):
There is a sport ground behind our school. — 3a Задание 7.7. Употребите соответствующий предлог,
нашей школой спортплощадка. где н е о б х о д и м о .
1. There is a picture... the wall. 2. What street do
around — вокруг y o u live..? 3 . . . . S u n d a y we o f t e n swim... t h e river.
местонахождение одного предмета вокруг другого 4. Last week he went... Moscow. 5. They will go... the
предмета: college tomorrow. 6. She g o e s . . . work... bus. 7. My
We a r e s i t t i n g around t h e t a b l e . — Мы сидим вок brother stayed... home... the evening. 8. Many people
руг стола. travel... train. 9. I see many books... the table and ...the
bookcase. 1 0 . I was born,., the first... October. 1 1 . Our
over — над, через, сверх lessons begin... nine o'clock... the morning. 1 2 . He took
There is a b r i d g e over t h e river. — Н а д рекой мост. some books... the table and put them... his bag. 1 3 . We
went... home.., foot. 1 4 . They often go... a walk... the
near — вблизи, около, рядом с, возле, за park. 1 5 . My father works... the plant. 16. I don't like
S h e is s i t t i n g near the table. — Она сидит за столом. to sit... the window. 17. She stood... and went... the
room. 18. Usually I get up... 7 o'clock, put... my dress
up — вверх and go... the kitchen. 19. My friend goes sports and
I am fond... music. 1 5 . . . . summer we spend much time...
Up t h e river. — В в е р х по реке. the open.
down — вниз Предлоги, обозначающие движение

Down t h e river. — В н и з по реке.
to — к
Задание 7.6. З а п о л н и т е пропуски предлогами.
движение по направлению к предмету (лицу), про
1. The book is... the table. 2. The lamp is... the table.
текающему процессу:
3. The girl i s . . . the table. 4. The man is... the chair.
Come to m e . — Подойдите ко мне.
84 85
from — от, из, со 1. There is a garden... our house. 2. The bridge i s . . .

движение от предмета (лица), удаление от протека t h e river. 3. All students are... t h e lesson now. 4. Where
ющего процесса: are the boys? They are... the park. 5. Our flat i s . . . the
Take this book from t h e table.— Убери книгу со стола. centre. 6. There was a lamp... the table. 7. He will sit...
I c o m e from R u s s i a . — Я из России. you. 8. Usually we go... the college together. 9. He came...
t h e house. 10. I come home... school very late. 1 1 . Take
into — в, внутрь my book... him, please. 12.. Come... the room. 1 3 . He
движение внутрь ограниченного пространства: took us... the forest. 1 4 . Children, take your books...
P u t t h e book i n t o t h e bag. — П о л о ж и книгу в порт your bags and put them... the tables. 1 5 . The box was...
фель. t h e bed. 16. He looks ... the window.
out of — из Предлоги времени

движение из ограниченного пространства: i...
in — в
Take t h e book o u t of t h e t a b l e . — Возьми книгу из
внутри временного отрезка:
стола.
In April, in 2 0 0 0 . — В апреле, в 2 0 0 0 году.
on(to) /onto — на
in —через
движение на поверхность:
через некоторое время:
S n o w fell o n t o t h e ground. — Снег падал на землю.
in an hour, in' t w o d a y s — ч е р е з час, ч е р е з два дня
through — через, сквозь

at — в
Не w e n t in t h r o u g h t h e door. — Он вошел через
(точка во времени):
дверь.
Задание 7.8. З а п о л н и т е пропуски п р е д л о г а м и . at 5 o'clock, at m i d n i g h t — в 0 часов, в полночь
Go ... the table. Take the book ... the table. Open it ...
page six. Look ... the book. P u t it... the bag. Take the on — в
pen and the pencil... the table. P u t them ... the bag.
в (с названием дней недели, датами):
Take the bag ... the table and go ... your desk.
on Monday, on t h e 1 0 t h of F e b r u a r y — в понедель
ник, 10 февраля
Задание 7.9. Употребите соответствующий пред
by — к
л о г ( д в и ж е н и я , места, н а п р а в л е н и я ) .
к определенному моменту:
(above, across, around, at, behind, from, in front of,
by 8 o'clock t o m o r r o w — к 8 часам завтра
in, into, on, out of, over, through, to, under)
86 87
from... till I from... to... — от... до Задание 7.10. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на англий

from 5 t i l l 6 o'clock — с 5-ти до 6-ти с к и й язык.
from 5 to 6 о' c l o c k — с 5-ти до 6-ти 1. В воскресенье у нас нет уроков. 2. Мы ж и в е м в
Самаре, на улице Чехова. 3. Переведите этот текст с
for — в течение английского на русский. 4. Уроки начинаются в 9 ча
в течение (отрезок времени): сов. 5. Возьмите эту книгу у него. 6. Дайте эту книгу
for an h o u r — в течение часа ему. 7. На столе была книга. 8. Мы работаем с 8 утра
до 6 вечера. 9. Учитель вошел, взял книгу со стола и
during — во время (чего-либо) вышел из класса. 1 1 . Мы работали а течение урока.
during t h e l e s s o n — в о в р е м я урока
Задание 7.11. Вставьте артикли и п е р е в е д и т е на
after — после (чего-либо) р у с с к и й я з ы к с о словарем:
after work — п о с л е работы William Shakespeare,... greatest English playwright,
was born in 1 5 6 4 in... Stratford-on-Avon in... England.
before — перед (чем-либо) , ... Stratford i s . . . small country town in... farming dis
before t h e l e s s o n — п е р е д уроком trict near ... centre of... England .... Avon, which is...
pretty river w i t h ... grass and... trees all along its banks,
within — внутри, в рамках runs t h r o u g h ... Stratford. N o t much is known of...
w i t h i n a m o n t h — в течение месяца Shakespeare's father. He was... farmer who, at... differ
ent times of his life, sold ... meat and bought and sold...
П р о ч и е предлоги wool. He was poor and was often in... money difficulties.
Very l i t t l e is known about... life of his only son William
by — при, около, посредством:
also.... l i t t l e house in which... great writer was born
by t h e window, by p l a n e — около окна, сам<
still s t a n d s . It is now... museum. William w e n t t o . . .
school in... Stratford. In 1 5 8 6 he went t o . . . London.
with — вместе с: Probably... first work he did there was at one of the two
w i t h a friend — с другом theatres t h a t there were in... London at that time. Then
he became... actor and soon began to write... plays for...
for — для: company of actors to which he belonged. Shakespeare
I'll do it for you. — Я сделаю это д л я тебя. bought... largest house in his home town in 1 5 9 7 , but
he did not spend much time there till 1 6 1 0 . He spent...
last years of his life in it.
88 89
Урок8
who — кто where — где

whom — кого why — почему
УРОК 8
what — что how long — как долго
which — который how many —- сколько
whose — чей how much — сколько
*V Грамматика when — когда how — как
ОСНОВНЫЕ ТИПЫ ВОПРОСОВ, П о р я д о к слов в с п е ц и а л ь н о м вопросе:

ИСПОЛЬЗУЕМЫЕ В АНГЛИЙСКОМ ЯЗЫКЕ 1) вопросительное слово (what, where, who, when,
how и т. д . ) ;
1. Общий вопрос 2) вспомогательный (модальный, глагол-связка) гла
Общий вопрос относится ко всему предложению в гол;
целом, и ответом на него будут слова yes или по: 3) подлежащее;
Do y o u l i k e ice-cream? — Y e s , I do. 4) смысловой глагол;
Can y o u s p e a k E n g l i s h ? —- Y e s , I can. 5) дополнения;
A r e y o u a s c h o o l b o y ? — N o , I am n o t . 6) обстоятельства (места, времени, образа действия
H a v e y o u b o u g h t a t e x t b o o k ? — Yes, I h a v e . и т. д . ) /
В специальных вопросах, обращенных к подлежа
П о р я д о к слов в о б щ е м вопросе: щему в формах Present и Past Indefinite, не употреб
ляется вспомогательный глагол to do (did) и сохра
1) вспомогательный (модальный, глагол-связка) глагол;
няется прямой порядок слов:
2) подлежащее (существительное или местоимение);
Who wants to go to the cinema?
3) смысловой глагол (или дополнение).
W h o s e pen is it?
Who lives here?
2. Специальный вопрос
Специальный вопрос относится к какому-нибудь 3. Альтернативный вопрос

члену предложения или их группе и требует конкрет
Альтернативный вопрос предполагает выбор из двух
ного ответа:
возможностей:
W h a t is y o u r n a m e ? — My n a m e is P e t e r .
Do y o u l i k e coffee or t e a ? — Вы любите кофе или
W h e r e do y o u l i v e ? — I l i v e in R o s t o v .
чай?
Альтернативный вопрос начинается как общий воп
Специальный вопрос всегда начинается со специ
ального вопросительного слова: рос, затем следует разделительный союз or и вторая
часть вопроса.
90 91
Английский язык Урокв
4 . Р а з д е л и т е л ь н ы й вопрос Задание 8.1. Прочтите и п е р е в е д и т е на р у с с к и й

язык.
Разделительный вопрос состоит из двух частей. Пер
Поставьте к каждому предложению разделительный
вая часть — это повествовательное предложение (ут
вопрос.
вердительное или отрицательное), вторая, отделенная
1. She is a student.
запятой от первой, — краткий вопрос (tail — «хвост»),
— Is she a student?
который на русский переводится не правда ли? не
— Yes, she is. / No, she isn't.
так ли?
2. He speaks English well.
You are a pupil, aren't y o u ? — Вы ученик, не прав
— Does he speak English well?
да ли?
— Yes, he does. / N o , he doesn't.
Y o u a r e n ' t a pupil, are y o u ? — Вы не ученик, не
3. They have many books.
правда ли?
— Have they many books?
В кратком вопросе повторяется вспомогательный,
— Yes, they have. / No, they haven't.
модальный или связочный глагол предложения, со
4. The weather was fine yesterday.
держащего заявление. Если сказуемое предложения
— W a s the weather fine yesterday?
выражено глаголами to be или to have, то повторяют
— Yes, it was. / N o , it wasn't.
ся эти глаголы.
5. We saw a new film yesterday.
Не is reading, i s n ' t h e ? Он читает, не так ли? (По
— Did we see a new film yesterday?
вторяется вспомогательный глагол.)
— Yes, we did. / N o , we didn't.
Не c a n read, c a n ' t h e ? Он умеет читать, не так ли?
6. You can read well.
(Повторяется модальный глагол сап.)
— Can you read well?
Не is a g o o d pupil, i s n ' t h e ? Он хороший ученик, не
— Yes, you can. / No, you can't.
так ли? (Повторяется связочный глагол to be.)
7. There will be five lessons tomorrow.
Не h a s a book, h a s n ' t h e ? У него есть книга, не так
— Will there be five lessons tomorrow?
ли? (Повторяется глагол to have, употребляемый как
— Y e s , there will. / No, there will not (won't).
смысловой глагол.)
Задание 8.2. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я с альтерна

Если в повествовательной части разделительного
т и в н ы м и в о п р о с а м и н а р у с с к и й язык.
вопроса содержится утверждение, то во второй — от
1. Our family lives in a three-room flat.
рицание.
; — Does your family live in a three-room flat or in a
Если в повествовательной части — отрицание, то
house?
во второй части, как правило, — утверждение:
— It lives in a three-room flat.
Не is there, i s n ' t h e ? Он там, не так ли?
2. They went to the same school.
Не i s n ' t there, is he? Он не там, не так ли?
92 93
Урокв
6. Ваш друг учится в колледже или в университете?

— Did they go to the same school or to different
7. Он знает ее лучше или вы?
schools?
— They went to the same school.
Задание 8.5. Составьте письменно о б щ и е в о п р о с ы
3. He will read this book tomorrow.
к следующим предложениям.
— Will he read this book tomorrow or next week?
1. Our teacher knows s e v e r a l f o r e i g n l a n g u a g e s .
— He will read it tomorrow.
2. He has graduated from our U n i v e r s i t y last year.
4. They are playing football now.
3. We shall go to Samara next week. 4. They are working
— Are they playing football or tennis now?
in our garden. 5.1 have just read this book. 6.1 took this
— They are playing tennis.
book from my friend. 7. He likes reading books. 8. She
5. Our teacher has told us to write.
h a s m a n y r e l a t i v e s abroad. 9 . T h e y w e r e i n many
— Has our teacher told us to write or to read? He has
countries. 10. Russia is the largest country in the world.
told us to write.
Задание 8.6. Прочитайте и п е р е в е д и т е текст.

Задание 8.3. Поставьте к с л е д у ю щ и м предложени
я м вопросы: MY FRIEND
1) общие;
I have many friends. Most of them are my former
2) специальные; *
c l a s s m a t e s but my best friend is Peter. He is fifteen.
3) разделительные.
Now he is a student of a college. He is a good student
because he s t u d i e s hard and is very d i l i g e n t . He wants
1. There is a book on the table. 2. He must work hard
to become a good specialist and he is e s p e c i a l l y interested
today. 3. We are leaving for Moscow next week. 4. We
in computers. He often helps me with my English lessons
were reading the whole evening. 5. They don't go to
and I'm g r a t e f u l to him for that.
work on Sunday. 6. It is not cold today. 7. A n n has
Now I want to tell you about his a p p e a r a n c e . He is
already begun to read a new book. 8. We learn English
rather t a l l and s t r o n g . He has an oval face, straight
at school. 9. They will show you how to g e t there.
nose, dark-brown hair, blue eyes and a nice smile. People
find him good-looking.
Задание 8.4. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на англий
Peter goes in for sports. He plays football and basket
ский язык.
ball well. H i s basketball team is very popular at the
1. Вам больше нравится английский язык или фран
college.
цузский?
We made friends with Peter when he and his family
2. Он живет в Ростове или в Москве?
m o v e d to our house. We have very much in c o m m o n :
3. Она его младшая или старшая сестра?
we like the s a m e music, we b o t h like reading. In general
4. Студенты у ж е сдали экзамены или нет?
5. Петровы поедут летом на юг или на север?
95
94
my friend is a very interesting person: he is i n t e l l i g e n t fully — полностью

and well-read. to rely — полагаться
But the most important t h i n g is that Peter is h o n e s t to t r u s t — доверять
and kind. I can fully rely on him and trust everything s e n s e — чувство
to him. Peter has a great s e n s e of humour and I like to b l o n d e — блондин(ка)
spend my free time with him. s l i m — стройный ,
I have another friend. Her name is Natasha. She is a p r e t t y — красивая
schoolgirl and she lives n e x t door. I like her very much. hair — волосы
She is a b l o n d e with blue eyes, she is s l i m and pretty. c o m p l e x i o n — цвет лица
Her hair is long and she has a nice c o m p l e x i o n . I like faithful — верный
all my friends very much. I think they are all my faithful
friends. Questions
1. Who is your best friend?
Words 2. Where does your friend study?
former — бывший 3. How does your friend look like?
c l a s s m a t e s — одноклассники 4. What kind of sport does your friend like?
s t r o n g — сильный * 5. How did you make friends?
to s t u d y h a r d — усердно учиться 6. What do you have much in common?
grateful — благодарный 7. Do y o u like to spend your free time with your
dark-brown — темно-коричневый friends?
d i l i g e n t — прилежный 8. Can you call all your friends faithful?
e s p e c i a l l y — особенно 9. Is the sense of humour important in friendship?
a p p e a r a n c e — внешний вид 10. What are the hobbies of your friends?
t a l l — высокий
s t r a i g h t — прямой Пополните свой активный словарь:
to m o v e — зд. переехать t a l l [to:l] — высокий
in c o m m o n — общего short [Jb:t] — маленького роста
s a m e — тот же s t o u t [staut] — приземистый, коренастый
b o t h — оба fat [fset] — толстый
i n t e l l i g e n t — умный p l u m p y [рлтр!] — полный
well-read — начитанный fair hair [ е э ' п е э ' ] — светлые волосы
h o n e s t — честный b r u n e t t e [bru:'net] — брюнет(ка)
kind — добрый g r a y h a i r — седые волосы
96
4. Зак. 832 97
bold h e a d e d [bauld] — лысый 1 •2 3 4 5
short s i g h t e d — близорукий имя существи

-ег к существ. тельное, обозна Londoner лондонец
smart, clever, bright — умный (ая)
чающее жителя
s t u p i d ['stju:pid] — тупой, глупый
-hood к существ. состояние childhood детство
boring — скучный(ая)
physician
quiet ['kwaiat] — спокойный -ian к существ. профессия врач техник
technician
i m p u l s i v e [im'pAlsiv] — порывистый, импульсивный
-ics к существ. название науки physics физика
a g g r e s s i v e [s'gresiv] — агрессивный
процесс, действие, reading чтение
rude [ru:d] — невежливый, грубый -ing к глаголам
состояние smoking курение
shy Xfai] — застенчивый
-ion revolution революция
a c t i v e ['asktiv] — активный процесс, название
(-tion, к глаголам solution раствор
действия, состояние
t a l k a t i v e ['to:k9tiv] — разговорчивый -atton) aviation авиация
к существ., учение, теория, darwinism дарвинизм

-ism
Задание 8.7. Составьте короткий рассказ о внешно прилаг. направление heroism героизм
сти и характере какого-нибудь человека (вашего дру оборудова
equipment
га, с о с е д а по парте, студента из вашей группы). -ment к глаголам результат действия ние
settlement
поселение
А качество или softness мягкость
-ness к прилаг.
#~ Грамматика состояние darkness темнота
-ship к существ. состояние fiendship дружба

СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ
Основные с у ф ф и к с ы прилагательных
Основные с у ф ф и к с ы существительных
Основное значение
К какой Суффикс Примеры Перевод
Основное значение образованных слов
Суффикс части речи Примеры Перевод
образованных слов 1 2 3 4
добавляется
возможность
1 2 3. 4 5 eatable,
-able осуществления, съедобный, ценный
принадлежность к assistant ассистент valuable
-ant/ent к глаголам наличие качества
профессии student студент
наличие качества, electrical электрический
действующеее лицо -al
reader читатель свойства medical медицинский
или механизм,
-ег/-ог к глаголам worker рабочий наличие качества, resistant сопротивляющийся
производящий -ant
visitor посетитель свойства different различный
действие
к существ., -ary наличие качества revolutionary революционный
-dom состояние, качество freedom свобода -ful наличие признака useful полезный
прилаг.
98
1 2 3 4
наличие качества, childish УРОК 9
-ish детский красноватый
свойства reddish
-ive отсутствие качества creative созидательный
-less наличие качества useless бесполезный
Ч Грамматика
Основные с у ф ф и к с ы глаголов
Суффикс Примеры Перевод НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ SOME, ANY,

-ate investigate активизировать ОТРИЦАТЕЛЬНОЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЕ
-en harden закаливать NO И ИХ ПРОИЗВОДНЫЕ
-fy classify классифицировать
-ize memorize запоминать Употребление some и any, а т а к ж е их производных
определяется типом предложения.
Основной с у ф ф и к с н а р е ч и й В утвердительном предложении употребляются, как
Основное значение правило, местоимение some и его производные:
Суффикс Примеры . Перевод
образованных слов Give me s o m e t h i n g to read, p l e a s e . Дайте мне что-
-у изменяет часть речи badly плохо нибудь почитать, пожалуйста.
I m e t h i m s o m e w h e r e before. Я встречал его где-то
раньше.,
В вопросительных и отрицательных предложениях
обычно Используются местоимение any и его про
изводные:
H a v e y o u s e e n h i m a n y w h e r e ? Вы видели его где-
нибудь?
Is t h e r e a n y t h i n g I c a n do for y o u ? Могу ли я что-
нибудь для вас сделать?
В отрицательных предложениях используется
а) местоимение any n v ero производные:
I c a n n o t find t h i s book a n y w h e r e . Я не .могу нигде
найти эту книгу.
б) отрицательное местоимение по:
There is nobody in that room. В той комнате никого нет.
T h e r e i s n ' t a n y b o d y in t h a t - r o o m . В той комнате
никого нет.
101
Урок9
.кто-то. 5. В саду есть кто-нибудь? — Там никого нет.

Различия между местоимениями any и some — в
ff>. На столе есть что-нибудь? — Нет, там ничего нет.
степени неопределенности, поэтому иногда местоиме
7. В сумке что-то есть. 8. В этой книге есть что-нибудь
ние any м о ж н о встретить и в утвердительных предло
интересное? 9. На стене есть какие-нибудь карти
жениях:
ны? — Да, там есть несколько. 10. В комнате есть кто-
Y o u c a n find t h i s hook anywhere. — Эту книгу вы
нибудь? — Нет, там никого нет. 1 1 . В нашей библио
можете найти где угодно.
т е к е есть к а к и е - т о к н и г и н а а н г л и й с к о м я з ы к е .
1 2 . В вашей библиотеке есть какие-нибудь книги на
Задание 9.1. Образуйте 16 п р о и з в о д н ы х местоиме
английском языке? 1 3 . Мой друг не хочет мне ничего
ний и п е р е в е д и т е их.
сказать. 1 4 . Возьмите что-нибудь почитать для меня в
Образец: some + body = somebody — кто-то, кто- библиотеке. 1 5 . Если вы голодны (tо be hungry), по
нибудь ищите (look for) что-нибудь в холодильнике (fridge).
some body 1 6 . Р а с с к а ж и т е н а м все о в а ш е м п у т е ш е с т в и и .
any one 17. Никто нигде не помог ему.
no thing
every where Задание 9.4. П р о ч и т а й т е и п е р е в е д и т е текст.
SEASONS AND WEATHER

Задание 9.2. Вставьте somebody, anybody, nobody «
или everybody. There are four s e a s o n s in a year: winter, spring, sum
1. The question is so difficult that... can answer it. mer and autumn. E a c h of them lasts three months.
2. ... left his bag in our classroom yesterday. 3. H a s . . . in Summer is my favourite season. June, J u l y and Au
this group got a dictionary? 4. It is too late. I think g u s t are s u m m e r m o n t h s . W h e n summer c o m e s , t h e
there is... in the office now. 5. ... k n o w s t h a t plants like weather g e t s warmer and sometimes it can be very hot.
water. 6. Is there... here who knows English? 7. You In summer people spend much time in t h e o p e n . They
must find... who can help you. 8. ... knew a n y t h i n g find time to go to the forest or to swim in t h e river.
about our home task. 9. The question is very easy can School children like their summer holidays.
answer this question. 10. There is... in the next room. I A u t u m n comes in September with the beginning of
don't know him. 1 1 . Please, tell us the story. ... knows it. the school year. It is the time when fruit and v e g e t a b l e s
1 2 . Is there... you want to tell me? 1 3 . H a s . . . here got a become ripe. It is a very beautiful time of the year when
red pencil? the weather is still w a r m and the leaves change their
colour from green to yellow and red. But then it g e t s
Задание 9.3. Переведите на английский язык, упот colder. The leaves fall from the trees and cover the ground.
р е б л я я н е о п р е д е л е н н ы е (или отрицательные) место Birds fly away to warm countries. Then winter comes.
и м е н и я и их производные. W i n t e r is usually a cold season. It often snows, rivers
1. Есть кто-нибудь здесь? 2. В саду никого нет. and lakes are frozen. The sun s e t s early and r i s e s late —
3. В нашей комнате есть кто-нибудь? 4. В классе есть
103
102
especially in December and January. The days are short, 2. Do people try to spend more time in the open air in
the sky is often grey. Every N e w Year begins in winter summer?
on the first of January. It's a holiday and people deco 3. W h y do we like spring so much?
r a t e their flats with N e w Year t r e e s . 4. Is summer the best season for tourism?
Spring begins in March. The weather g e t s better and 5. Where did you go last summer?
the sun shines more brightly. The days become longer. 6. What is the weather like in winter?
The birds r e t u r n from the South and make their nests. 7. Do you like winter? Why?
It sometimes rains but the s k y is usually bright-blue 8. Do you go in for skating or s k i i n g in winter?
and it is warm. 9. What do you usually do when the weather is bad in
autumn and winter?
Words 10. W h a t is good and what is bad in each season?
1 1 . W h y do most people prefer summer to any other
s e a s o n — время года
e a c h — каждый season of t h e year?
1 2 . What is your favourite season?
to l a s t — длиться
in t h e o p e n — на воздухе 1 3 . W h a t are the hottest and the coldest seasons in
fruit — фрукты our country?
v e g e t a b l e s — овощи
ripe — спелый
s t i l l — все еще
w a r m — теплый
cold — холодный
to fall — падать
to c o v e r — покрывать
frozen — замерзший
to s e t — садиться
to rise — вставать
to d e c o r a t e — украшать
N e w Year t r e e — елка
to r e t u r n — возвращаться
n e s t — гнездо
Ответьте на вопросы:
1. How many seasons are there in a year?
104
Урок 10
Глаголы в формах Indefinite (Simple) описывают

обычные, п о в т о р я ю щ и е с я д е й с т в и я и ф а к т ы — бе
зотносительно к их длительности или к результату дей
ствия:
УРОК 1 0
I go to s c h o o l e v e r y day. — Я х о ж у в школу каждый
день. В этом высказывании интересует не время, по
траченное на дорогу, не процесс движения, не резуль
Т Грамматика тат походов, а сам факт: я х о ж у в школу, а не на рабо
ту. То же самое относится к прошедшему времени и к
будущему:
ВРЕМЕНА АНГЛИЙСКОГО ГЛАГОЛА
I w e n t to s c h o o l w h e n I w a s a boy. — Я ходил в
Таблица в р е м е н н ы х ф о р м глагола школу, когда был мальчиком.
I s h a l l go to s c h o o l w h e n I g r o w up. Я буду ходить в
Простое школу, когда вырасту.
Время Indefinite Длительное Завершенное
Continuous Perfect Для указания на повторный характер действия ча
(Simple)
сто употребляются следующие слова:
I write
Настоящее Я пишу (вообще, I am writing I have written every day / w e e k , m o n t h , y e a r (каждый день /
обычно) Я пишу (сейчас) Я (уже) написал дую неделю, месяц, год),
Прошедшее I wrote I was writing I had written often (часто), seldom (редко), a l w a y s (всегда), u s u a l l y
Я (на) писал Я писал (в тот Я написал (уже
Past (обычно), n e v e r (никогда).
(вчера) момент) к тому моменту)
I shall/will be Наречия often, seldom, a l w a y s , never, u s u a l l y обычно
I shall/will write I shall/will have
Будущее writing written ставятся перед глаголом.
Я напишу, буду
Future Я буду писать Я напишу (уже В предложениях с глаголом to be эти наречия обыч
писать (завтра)
(в тот момент) к тому моменту) но ставятся после глагола.
Не is n e v e r l a t e for t h e l e s s o n s . — Он никогда не
Группа временных форм Indefinite (Simple) опаздывает на уроки.
Ф о р м ы глагола в P r e s e n t Indefinite
Ф о р м ы глагола в P a s t I n d e f i n i t e
Число Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная
форма форма форма Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная
I (you) ask. Не I (you) do not ask. Число
Ед. Do 1 (you) ask? форма форма форма
(she, it) asks. Does he (she, it) ask? He (she, it) does not
I (you, he, she, it, I (you, he, she, it,
ask. Ед. и Did I (you, he, she,
we, they) asked. we, they) did not
Мн. Do we (you, they) We (you, they) do not мн. it, we, they) ask?
We (you, they) ask. ask.
ask? ask.
106
107
Отрицательная и вопросительная формы в Indefi частие прошедшего времени) совпадают м е ж д у собой

nite образуются при помощи вспомогательных глаго и образуются путем прибавления к основе глагола окон
лов do, does, did с частицей n o t краткие формы: don't, чания -ed (-d):
doesn't, didn't. Порядок слов прямой. Вопросительные to ask — asked to change — changed
предложения образуются, как правило, простой пере to receive — received to work— worked
становкой подлежащего и вспомогательного глагола.
Вопросительные местоимейия при этом всегда стоят При этом существует ряд особенностей:
впереди. а) если глагол оканчивается на -у с предшествую
Не is a s t u d e n t . — Is he a s t u d e n t ? щей согласной, то буква у меняется на i и добавляется
W e d o n o t w r i t e much. — D o w e w r i t e m u c h ? окончание -ed:
You h a v e a c o m p u t e r . — H a v e you a c o m p u t e r ? — to supply — supplied to apply — applied,
What do you have? если глагол оканчивается на -у с предшествующей
S h e d o e s n o t l i v e in M o s c o w . — D o e s s h e l i v e in гласной, то буква у не меняется и добавляется окон
Moscow? чание -ed:
He didn't l i k e t h e film. — D i d he l i k e t h e f i l m ? — to stay — stayed to play — played;
W h a t film didn't h e l i k e ? б) если глагол оканчивается на согласную с пред
шествующим кратким гласным звуком, то согласная
Особую группу составляют разъединительные вопросы, на конце удваивается:
которые переводятся как утверждения плюс «не так ли?». td stop — stopped.
Они применимы к любому времени. Например:
Y o u s p e a k E n g l i s h , don't y o u ? Вы говорите по-анг После звонких согласных и гласных звуков окон
лийски, не так ли? чание -ed или -d произносится как [ d ] loved, said, а
Но: L e t us s p e a k E n g l i s h , s h a l l w e ? Давайте гово после г л у х и х согласных как [ t ] looked.
рить по-английски, хорошо? После звуков [ d ] и [ t ] на конце слова окончание -ed
(d) произносится как [ i d ] landed, started.
Правильные и неправильные глаголы

Неправильные глаголы образуют вторую и третью
(Regular and Irregular Verbs)
формы различными способами, без четких правил. Это
По способу образования прошедшего времени все наиболее часто употребляемые глаголы. В конце кни
глаголы в английском языке м о ж н о разделить на две ги приведен список часто встречающихся неправиль
группы: правильные и неправильные. У правильных ных глаголов.
глаголов вторая и третья формы (Past Indefinite Tense
и Past Participle — простое прошедшее время и при-
108 109
Ф о р м ы глагола в F u t u r e Indefinite to know — знать

Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная to remember — помнить
Число
форма форма форма to think — думать
I shall ask. Shall I ask? I shall not ask. to want — хотеть
Ед. You (he, she, it). Will Will you You (he, she, it). Will
to like — любить, нравиться
ask. (he, she, it) ask? not ask.
We shall ask. to love — любить
Shall we ask? We shall not ask. You
Мн. You (they).
Will you (they) ask? (they) will not ask.
Will ask. Ф о р м ы глагола в P a s t C o n t i n u o u s
Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная

Число форма
Группа временных ф о р м Continuous форма форма
I (he, she, it) was Was I (he, she, it) I (he, she, it) was not
Ф о р м ы глагола в P r e s e n t C o n t i n u o u s Ед. asking. You were asking? asking.
asking. Were you asking? You were not asking.
Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная We (you, they) were Were we (you, they) We (you, they) were
Число
форма форма форма Мн. asking? not asking.
asking.
I am not asking.
I am asking. Am I asking?
You are not asking. P a s t c o n t i n u o u s обычно употребляется д л я выраже
Ед. You are asking. He Are you asking? Is
He (she, it) is not ния конкретного действия, длившегося в точно ука
(she, it) is asking. he (she, it) asking?
asking.
занный момент или период в прошлом.
We (you, they) are Are we (you, they) We (you, they) are
Мн.
asking. asking? not asking.
Ф о р м ы глагола в F u t u r e C o n t i n u o u s
P r e s e n t c o n t i n u o u s употребляется для выражения,
действия, длящегося в настоящий момент или пери Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная
Число форма форма
форма
од. Указание на время типа now (сейчас), at t h e m o m e n t
I shall be asking. You Shall I be asking? I shall not be asking.
(в данный момент) может быть либо выражено, либо (he, she, it) will be Will you (he, she, it) You (he, she, it) will
Ед.
подразумеваться. asking, be asking? not be asking.
С глаголами, которые обозначают не действие, а со We shall not be
We shall be asking. Shall we be asking? asking.
стояние, P r e s e n t Continuous обычно не употребляется: Мн. You (they) will be Will you (they) be
You (they) will not be
to feel — чувствовать asking. asking?
asking.
to be — быть, находиться
to live — жить F u t u r e C o n t i n u o u s употребляется для выражения
to stay — оставаться действия, которое будет длиться в точно указанный
to hear — слышать момент или период в будущем.
to see — видеть
110 111
Урок 10
Глаголы в формах Continuous описывают действие Past Perfect

как процесс, как длительность — в -определенный мо Ф о р м ы глагола в p a s t perfect
мент в прошлом, настоящем или будущем: Утвердительная Вопросительная Отрицательная
Число форма форма
I am g o i n g to school (now). — Я иду в школу (сей форма
час, в настоящий момент), Ед. и I (you, he, she, it, we, Had I (you, he, she, I (you, he, she, it, we,
мн. they) had asked. it, we, they) asked? they) had not asked.
I w a s r e a d i n g a book y e s t e r d a y at 5 o ' c l o c k . —
Я читал книгу вчера в 5 часов.
I will be w a t c h i n g TV t o m o r r o w at 7 o'clock. — P a s t P e r f e c t употребляется:
Я буду смотреть телевизор завтра в семь часов. а) для выражения действия, завершившегося до
какого-либо момента или другого действия в прошлом:
Помимо этой функции, глаголы в Present Continuous Не h a d read the book by 10 o'clock yesterday.
выражают действие, относящиеся к ближайшему бу Он прочел книгу до десяти часов (к десяти часам)
дущему: вечера
We are l e a v i n g for M o s c o w in J u l y . — Мы у е з ж а е м W h e n we came to the airport the plane had already
в Москву в июле. landed.
Когда мы приехали в аэропорт, самолет у ж е при
Группа временных форм Perfect
землился
б) в предложениях, в которых одно действие завер
Present Perfect
шилось, до другого действия, длящегося в прошлом:
Present Perfect образуется при помощи вспомогатель Не h a d read the book and w a s w a t c h i n g TV when I
ного глагола to h a v e в настоящем времени ( h a v e , h a s ) came. Когда я пришел, он-уже прочитал книгу и смот
и третьей формы смыслового глагола. В вопроситель рел телевизор.
ном предложении вспомогательный глагол ставится
перед п о д л е ж а щ и м . В отрицательном п р е д л о ж е н и и Future Perfect
после вспомогательного глагола ставится отрицание not. Ф о р м ы глагола в F u t u r e P e r f e c t

Ф о р м ы глагола в P r e s e n t P e r f e c t Число форма форма
форма
1 shall have asked. Shall I have asked? I shall not have asked.
Число Ед. You (he, she, it) will Will you (he, she, it) You (he, she, it) will
форма форма форма not have asked.
have asked. have asked?
Have I (you) asked? I (you) have not
I (you) have asked.
Ед. Has he (she, it) asked. He (she, it) has
Не (she, it) has asked. We shall have asked. Shall we have asked? We shall not have
asked? not asked.
We (you, they) have Have we (you, they) We (you, they) have Мн. You (they) will have Will you (they) have asked. You (they) will
Мн. asked. asked? not have asked.
asked. asked? not asked.
112 113
Урок 10
9. I ...not... this letter now. I it in some days.

F u t u r e P e r f e c t употребляется для выражения дей
1 0 . ... he... his hometask now?
ствия, которое будет происходить до определенного
1 1 . What... she... in the e v e n i n g yesterday?
момента или другого действия в будущем и завершит
ся или прекратится до него. 1 2 . As a rule, he... t e s t s well.
Задание 10.2. Р а с к р о й т е скобки, у к а ж и т е в р е м я

Глаголы в формах Perfect выражают действие за
вершенное, приведшее к определенному результату глагола.
1. Не (know) several foreign languages.
(или к отсутствию результата). Можно сказать, что с
2. I (learn) English at school.
помощью форм P e r f e c t мы подводим итоги опреде
3. Usually the lessons (begin) at 9 o'clock.
ленному периоду времени, определенным действиям.
4. Our grandparents (live) now in Moscow.
Время подведения итогов — либо настоящий момент
P r e s e n t Perfect, либо момент в прошлом P a s t Perfect, 5. He often (visit) them last year.
либо — в будущем F u t u r e P e r f e c t . 6. As a rule I (go) to my school by bus.
7. She (work) abroad next year.
J have written the letter. (Present Perfect) — Я (толь
8. She (not like) loud music.
ко что) написал письмо (передо, мной письмо как ре
9. Your children usually (ask) many questions.
зультат).
1 0 . At present he (work) at school.
J had written the letter when he came. (Past Perfect) —
11. My brother (like) music.
Я написал письмо, когда он пришел. (2 действия, одно
1 2 . W h a t y o u (do) yesterday?
завершилось раньше другого)
1 3 . His sister (go) to the seaside n e x t July.
J will have written the letter by 10 o'clock tomorrow.
1 4 . Soon we (leave) the school.
(Future Perfect) — Я напишу письмо к 10 часам завт
1 5 . Who (take) his book yesterday?
ра (действие завершится к определенному моменту
времени в будущем).
Задание 10.3. Определите в р е м я с к а з у е м о г о в сле
дующих предложениях.
Задание 10.1. Вставьте to write в н у ж н о й ф о р м е .
1) Present Indefinite
l . W e often... letters to our parents.
2) P a s t Indefinite
2. What... you... now?
3) Future Indefinite
3. Yesterday they t e s t s from 10 till 12 o'clock.
4. Who ... t h i s letter? 1. H i s sister studies at school. 2.You will see him
5. I .... some letters last week. tomorrow. 3. I went to t h e college at 7 o'clock. 4. W h o
6. What... you... tomorrow at 10? took my book? 5. They work every day. 6. I shall read
7. W h e n I came to her, she a letter. t h i s book next week. 7. We translated this t e x t last lesson.
8. ... you... letters tomorrow? 8. W h a t books does he usually read? 9. She will v i s i t you
114 115
soon. 10. We shall be good specialists in some years. 1 1 . My 2 1 . I usually (leave) home at seven and (get) here at
father went to Moscow yesterday. 12. Who knows him? twelve. 2 2 . Here is your watch. I just (find) it. 2 3 . You
1 3 . At last she opened the window. 14. You'll take this (not have) your breakfast yet?
book in the library. 15. Do you often visit your parents?
16. He knew these words well. 17. Shall I read t h i s text? Задание 10.6. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на англий
18. H i s children like music. 19. Did they go to the vil ский язык, о б р а щ а я внимание на ф о р м у глагола ска
lage? 2 0 . Tomorrow we'll go to the cinema. зуемого.
1. Я никогда об этом не слышал. 2. Я только-что
Задание 10.4. Поставьте п р е д л о ж е н и я в вопроси прочитал ваше письмо. 3. Вы у ж е купили новую квар
тельную и отрицательную ф о р м ы . тиру? 4. Вы сделали много ошибок в диктанте. 5. Вы
1. Не studies at the college. 2. They play football когда-нибудь видели этого человека? 6. В этом месяце
well. 3- We usually watched TV in the evening. 4. Our я прочитал две новых книги. 7. Мой друг уехал в Мос
teacher asks many questions. 5. Nick worked at school кву неделю назад и еще не писал мне. 8. Я не видел
last year. 6. We shall go to St. Petersburg in summer. новых фильмов за последнее время (lately). 9. Вы чи
7. They went to Moscow. 8. He will visit us some day. тали сегодня в газете о нашем новом театре? 1 0 . Вы
9. They study English. 10. My sister finished her work. были когда-нибудь в Лондоне? — Нет, я поеду туда в
этом году. 1 1 . Вы у ж е прочитали эту книгу? — Как
Задание 10.5. Поставьте глаголы, д а н н ы е в скоб она вам понравилась? 12. Я хотел посмотреть этот фильм
ках, в н у ж н у ю форму. . на прошлой неделе, но смог посмотреть его только вче
1 . P e t e r and A n n ( g o ) a w a y f i v e m i n u t e s a g o . ра. 1 3 . В будущем году я собираюсь поступать в ин
2. I (write) the letter but I (not send) it. 3. He just (go) ститут. 14. Ваш сын у ж е окончил институт? 1 5 . Его
away. 4. She already (answer) the letter. 5. She (answer) дочь окончила школу в прошлом году.
it on Tuesday. 6.1 just (tell) you the answer. 7. I (read)
that book in my summer holidays. 8.1 (not see) him for Задание 10.7. П е р е д е л а й т е с л е д у ю щ и е предложе
three yearsi I (be) glad to see him again some time. н и я в вопросительно-отрицательные и д а й т е крат
1 1 . What you (do)? — I (copy) the t e x t from the text к и е ответы.
book now. 1 2 . He (go) to Moscow next week? 1 3 . He (not
smoke) for a month. He is trying to give it up. -14. When Образец:
he (arrive)? — He (arrive) at 2 , 0 0 . 15. You (switch off) They are at home. — Aren't they at home? — Yes,
the light before you left the house? 16. I (read) these they are. — No, they aren't.
books when I was at school. I (like) them v e r y much. Они дома. — Разве они не дома? — Да, дома. —
17.1 can't go out because I (not finish) my work. 1 8 . 1 already Нет, не дома.
(tell) y o u t h e answer y e s t e r d a y . 1 9 . W h a t y o u (do) 1. They left for Moscow.
tomorrow in the morning? 2 0 . 1 not meet) him last week. 2. He has finished his work.
116 117
3. She will visit us on Sunday. 1 5 . W h a t you (do) there? 1 6 . 1 (not, write) at the lesson.
4. She has many relatives. § 7 . Students (translate) this t e x t the whole lesson
5. His father works here. gfesterday. 1 8 . He already (come)? 1 9 . She said that she
6. You know his address. p o t like) t h i s book and (try) to find a more interesting
7. We shall go home'together. i n e . 2 0 . The train (leave) at 10. 2 1 . W h e n I (see) him he
8. He can play chess. •cross) the street. 2 2 . While he (water) the garden it
9. I am listening to you. fbegin) to rain. 2 3 . W h e n Ann (finish) her homework
10. His friends were playing football. t h e (turn) o n TV.
1 1 . You have done the task.
I . Задание 10.10. Определите в р е м е н н у ю ф о р м у гла
Задание 10.8. П е р е в е д и т е на а н г л и й с к и й язык. голов и переведите, на а н г л и й с к и й язык.
1. Он писал письмо, когда я пришел к нему. 2. Он \ 1. Вчера в 9 часов вечера я смотрел телевизор.
делал свою работу, пока его братья играли в футбол. г2. Она сказала, что еще не выполнила домашнее зада
3. Я упал, когда играл в футбол. 4. Мы делали уроки, н и е . 3. Когда п р и ш е л мой друг, я еще завтракал.
когда пошел дождь. 5. Когда учитель писал на доске, 4. Когда я встретил ее впервые, она работала в школе.
новая ученица вошла в класс. 6. Когда зазвонил теле 5. Все студенты выполнили задание после того, как
фон, я работал в саду. 7. Я увидел своих одноклассник преподаватель рассказал им, как его делать. 6. Когда
ков, когда я шел по улице. 8. Начался дождь, когда мы вышли на улицу, ярко светило солнце. 7. Мой друг
мы наблюдали за игрой. сказал, что его брат у ж е приехал. 8. Я читал книгу,
когда услышал телефонный звонок. 9. После того, как
Задание 10.9. Поставьте глаголы в с к о б к а х в о д н о врач осмотрел (to examine) больного, он поговорил с
и з п р о ш е д ш и х времен. его родственниками, 10. Когда мы пришли на останов
1. When I (came) the lecture already (start). 2 They ку (bus stop), автобус у ж е ушел. 1 1 . Он смотрел теле
(go) to Moscow some days ago. 3. When I came he (leave), визор, когда пришел его друг. 12. Почтальон обычно
so we only had time for a few words. 4. W h e n we (come) приходит в девять часов утра. Сейчас у ж е половина
to the airport, the plane already (land). 5. He suddenly десятого, а он все еще не пришел. 1 3 . Каждый вечер я
(understand) that he (travel) in the wrong direction. смотрю телевизор. 1 4 . Служащие (the clerks) заканчи
6. Our teacher (speak) many foreign languages. 7. Who вают работу в шесть часов вечера. 1 5 . Разве она не
(speak) with you? 8. He (play) tennis. 9. I (go) home знала об этом? 16. Разве вы не видели этот фильм?
when we met'. 1 0 . My son (play) the piano. 1 1 . They 17. Она еще не брала своего маленького сына в театр.
already (translate) this t e x t last lesson. 12. You (do) this 1 8 . Он обычно очень внимательно слушает учителя, но
exercise last week. 13. We (discuss) your plan yesterday сейчас он не слушает, у него болит голова. 1 9 . Я не
at 10 o'clock. 1 4 . It (rain) w h e n I went for a walk. играл в футбол с прошлого года. 2 0 . Маленькая девочка
118 119
часто помогает своей матери. 2 1 . Автор {author) еще Задание 10.12. Приведены с п о с о б ы о б р а з о в а н и я ут
(still) молодой человек. Он написал свою первую кни в е р д и т е л ь н ы х и о т р и ц а т е л ь н ы х ф о р м к р а т к и х от
гу в 1989 году. 2 2 . Сейчас 8 часов утра и ребенок у ж е ветов т и п а « Я т о ж е » . П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я .
проснулся. Вчера утром он проснулся раньше. 2 3 . В шко 1. Не doesn't understand anything. — Neither do I.
ле он играл в футбол. 2. She can swim well. — So, can I.
3. I didn't see this film. — Neither did he.
Задание 10.11. Вставьте п о д х о д я щ и е по с м ы с л у 4. You like to read. — So do I.
слова. 5. They haven't had breakfast. — N e i t h e r have I.
1..... I go to the college by bus. 6. He is lucky. — So am I.
2. I do my morning exercises... 6. I don't work at the office. — Neither does he.
3. We shall have invited you...
4. Who has seen him...? Задание 10.13. П р о ч и т а й т е и п е р е в е д и т е текст.
5. He was working here...
GREAT BRITAIN
6. We have... done our work.
7. What are you doing...? The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
8. He was going home... Ireland is s i t u a t e d on the B r i t i s h I s l e s . It consists of
9. Will you have read the book.... ? four parts: England, W a l e s , S c o t l a n d and N o r t h e r n
10. We translated this text.... Ireland.
12. Did you... see them? England, Wales and Scotland o c c u p y the territory of
1) before the college Great Britain and Northern Ireland is situated in the
2) by Tuesday northern part of Ireland. The territory of the U n i t e d
3) often Kingdom is about 2 4 4 0 0 0 square kilometres. The popu
4) during October lation is over 56 million people. The capital of the Unit
5) every day ed Kingdom is London.
6) just The s u r f a c e of the United Kingdom v a r i e s greatly.
7) last week The northern and the western parts of the country are
8) now m o u n t a i n o u s and are called t h e Highlands. All t h e rest
9) recently i s a v a s t p l a i n w h i c h i s called t h e L o w l a n d s . The
10) usually mountains are not very h i g h . The rivers are not very
11) when we met long. The most important of t h e m are the Severn and
12) when he comes home t h e Thames. There are m a n y beautiful l a k e s i n t h e
13) already mountainous part of the country.
The mountains, the Atlantic Ocean and the warm wa
ters of t h e Gulf Stream influence the c l i m a t e of Great
120 121
Britain. It is m i l d the whole year round. W i n t e r s are e d u c a t i o n — образование

not cold and summers are not hot. free — бесплатный
Great Britain is a highly d e v e l o p e d industrial coun e x p e n s i v e — дорогой
try. It is known as o n e of the world's largest producers to i n f l u e n c e — влиять
and e x p o r t e r s of iron and steel products, machinery and c l i m a t e — климат
electronics, c h e m i c a l s and t e x t i l e . One of t h e i n d u s t r i e s m i l d — мягкий
is s h i p b u i l d i n g . i n d u s t r y — промышленность
Great Britain is a country with old cultural traditions p o p u l a t i o n — население
and customs. The most famous e d u c a t i o n a l centres are d e v e l o p — развивать
Oxford and Cambridge universities. They are considered to produce — производить
to be the intellectual centres of Europe. The e d u c a t i o n to e x p o r t — экспортировать
is not free, it is very e x p e n s i v e . c h e m i c a l s — продукты химической промышленности
The United Kingdom is a monarchy and the Queen is t e x t i l e — текстиль
the head of the state. But in practice it is r u l e d by the g o v e r n m e n t — правительство
g o v e r n m e n t with the Prime Minister at the head. The c h a m b e r — палата
British Parliament consists of two c h a m b e r s : the House
to rule — править
of Lords and the House of Commons.
There are three main political parties in Great Brit
Questions
ain: the Labour party, the Conservative party arid the
Liberal party. 1. What is the official name of Great Britain?
2. Where is it situated?
Words 3. What parts does it c o n s i s t of?
4. What is the territory and the population of Great
to be s i t u a t e d — быть расположенным
Britain?
B r i t i s h I s l e s — Британские острова
to occupy — занимать 5. What city is the capital of Great Britain?
surface — поверхность 6. What is the surface of the country?
to v a r y — меняться 7. Are there any big rivers and lakes in Great Britain?
h i g h — высокий 8. What is the climate on the British Isles?
plain — равнина 9. Is Great B r i t a i n a h i g h l y developed i n d u s t r i a l
v a s t — огромный country?
l a k e — озеро 10. W h a t goods does the British industry produce?
m o u n t a i n o u s — гористый 1 1 . Are there any big educational establishments in
s h i p b u i l d i n g — кораблестроение Great Britain?
12. Is Great Britain a constitutional monarchy?
122
123
13. What is the name of the Queen of Great Britain?

14. How many chambers does the British Parliament УРОК 1 1
consist of? What are they?
1 5 . W h a t are the main political p a r t i e s in Great
Britain? Ч>Ц,
Грамматика
СОГЛАСОВАНИЕ ВРЕМЕН В ГЛАВНОМ

И ПРИДАТОЧНОМ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯХ
В английском сложноподчиненном предложении с

придаточным дополнительным (вопросы что?, кто?,
чего? и т. д.) соблюдаются правила согласования вре
мен в главном и придаточном предложениях. Эти пра
вила сводятся к следующему:
1. Если глагол-сказуемое главного предложения сто
ит в настоящем или будущем времени, то глагол-
сказуемое придаточного дополнительного предложения
может стоять в любой временной форме, требуемой по
смыслу, например:
Не s a y s y o u a r e right. — Он говорит, что ты прав.
Не will tell us why he w a s not at school yesterday. —
Он скажет нам, почему он не был в школе вчера.
2. Если глагол-сказуемое главного предложения сто
ит в прошедшем времени (обычно — в Past Indefi
nite ), то и глагол дополнительного придаточного пред
л о ж е н и я д о л ж е н стоять в одном из прошедших вре
мен, в том числе — в будущем с точки зрения прошед
шего (Future in the Past).
He s a i d he w o u l d n o t go to s c h o o l t o m o r r o w . — Он
сказал, что не пойдет в школу завтра.
При этом для обозначения действия, одновремен
ного с действием, выраженным сказуемым главного
125
Английский язык Урок It
предложения, употребляется Past Continuous (в рус Задание 11.2. Поставьте глаголы в н у ж н у ю времен
ском языке — настоящее время) или Past Indefinite. н у ю форму, с о б л ю д а я п р а в и л о с о г л а с о в а н и я времен.
Не t o l d me he w a s p r e p a r i n g for h i s e x a m . — Он Переведите предложения.
сказал мне, что готовится к экзамену. 1. I did not know that y o u already (to read) t h i s book
Для обозначения действия, предшествующего дей 2. He did it better than we (to expect). 3. He said t h a t
ствию, выраженному сказуемым главного предложе the bus (to be) here soon. 4. He told us that he (to do)
ния, обычно употребляется Past Perfect. На русский t h i s work himself 5. They decided that they (to bring)
язык глагол-сказуемое придаточного в данном случае us all the books we need. 6. He said that he (can) not do
переводится глаголом в прошедшем времени: it without my help. 7. I decided that n e x t year I (to go)
I didn't k n o w he had left for M o s c o w . — Я не знал, to t h e Black Sea coast. 8. It was decided t h a t we (to
что он уехал в Москву. begin) our work at eight o'clock. 9 . 1 told them that I (to
При у к а з а н и и определенного времени (in 1 9 8 0 , leave) for Minsk n e x t day. 1 0 . The boy did not know that
yesterday) предшествующее время выражается при he already (to receive) a good mark. 1 1 . The s t u d e n t s
помощи Past Indefinite. Например: I t h o u g h t y o u w e r e wanted to know when they (to pass) their examinations.
born in 1 9 8 0 . 1 2 . We saw t h a t our teacher just (to go out) and he (to
come back) soon. 1 3 . He said we (may) keep the books as
Для выражения будущего времени с точки зрения
long as we (to like). 14. We knew that he not (to be able)
прошедшего времени употребляется форма Future in
to make his work in time and (to decide) to help him.
the Past где вспомогательный глагол will меняется на
1 5 . We understood at once that t h i s control work (to be)
ы>оиМ,'которая на русский язык переводится будущим
a difficult one.
временем:
Не told me that he would meet me at the college. —
Задание 11.3. П р о ч и т а й т е и переведите текст:
Он сказал мне, что встретит меня в колледже.
LONDON
Задание 11.1. Составьте п р е д л о ж е н и я , и с п о л ь з у я London is the c a p i t a l of Great Britain, i t s political,
слова из колонок. economic and commercial c e n t r e . It is one of the largest
cities in the world and the largest city in Europe. Its
Не thinks he would go to Moscow tomorrow. population is about 8 million.
He said that he will be an engineer. London is situated on the river Thames. The city is
He says he knows mathematics well. very old. It has more than 20 centuries old history. Tra
He thought he would be a good specialist. ditionally it is divided into several parts, the City, West
He has translated the t e x t . minster, the W e s t End and the East. End. They are very
he had passed his exams. different from each other.
he knew English well. The City is the oldest part of London, i t s financial
and business centre. N u m e r o u s banks, offices and firms
126 127
Урок 11
f o r t r e s s — крепость
are concentrated here. Few people live in the City but
c a t h e d r a l — собор
over a million come to work here. There are two places
h o t e l — гостиница
of interest in the City: St. Paul's Cathedral and the Tower
p r i s o n — тюрьма
of London. S t . Paul's Cathedral was built in the 17th
c l o c k t o w e r — колокольня
century by the architect Christopher Wren. The Tower
m e m o r y — память
of London was built in the 15th century. It was used as a
r e s i d e n c e — резиденция
fortress, a p a l a c e and a prison. Now it's a museum.
official — официальный
Westminster is the aristocratic official part of Lon
d e n s e l y — плотно
don. There are Buckingham Palace where the Queen lives
p o p u l a t e d — населено
and the Houses of Parliament along the north bank of
the Thames.
Questions
The clock t o w e r of the Houses of Parliament is famous
1. What is the capital of Great Britain?
for its big hour bell known as «Big Ben». Westminster
2. Is London a big city?
Abbey is the place where the coronation of nearly all
3. What is London's population?
kings and queens has taken place. Many of them are buried
4. On what river does London stand?
here as well as some other famous people of the country.
5. Into what parts is London divided?
The West End is the richest and most beautiful part
6. W h y is t h e City called t h e b u s i n e s s c e n t r e of
of London. The best h o t e l s , restaurants, shops, clubs,
London?
parks and houses are situated there. There-are many
7. What places of interest does W e s t m i n s t e r include?
tourists there from different countries of the world.
8. Who was buried in Westminster Abbey?
Trafalgar Square is the geographical centre of Lon
9. What is the West End famous for?
don, it was named in the m e m o r y of Admiral N e l s o n ' s
1 0 . Why is the central square in London named Tra
victory in the battle of Trafalgar in 1 8 0 5 . The tall Nel
falgar Square?
son's Column stands in the middle of the square.
1 1 . W h o lives in the East End?
The East End is an industrial district of London. There
are many factories there. The region is d e n s e l y populat
ed by working class families. Словообразование
Words Н а и б о л е е употребительные с у ф ф и к с ы
и префиксы существительных
c a p i t a l — столица
c e n t r e — центр С у ф ф и к с ы существительных:
n u m e r o u s — многочисленный -er/or — teacher, writer, actor, doctor
p a l a c e — дворец -ist — scientist, artist
129
128 5. Зак. 832
-ment — movement, development, government fy — classify, electrify, specify

-ess — fortress, hostess, actress ize — organize, characterize, mechanize
-ian — musician, technician, politician a t e — indicate, activate, translate
-ance — distance, importance, appearance
-(t)ion — revolution, translation, operation П р е ф и к с ы глаголов:
-ity/-ty — popularity; honesty, morality, ability со — cooperate, coexist, collaborate
-hood — childhood, neighbourhood de — decode, decompose, demobilize
-y — energy, assembly
d i s — disbelieve, disapprove, disapear
-ship — friendship, leadership
in — input, inlay, incut, indraw
-age — passage, marriage
im — immigrate, impart, implant;
-ism — heroism, socialism, capitalism
i n t e r — interact, interchange, interdepend
-ant — assistant, cousultant
ir — irradiate, irrigate, irritate
-ence — conference, silence, difference
-ure — culture, picture, agriculture o v e r — overcome, overheat, overhear, overlook
-ing — building, reading, meeting re — readjust, rebuild, reconstruct, re write
-dom — freedom, kingdom, wisdom m i s — misprint, misunderstand, miscount.
-sion/ssion — revision, session, discussion,
-ness — happiness, illness, darkness «. Наиболее употребительные
(-s)ure — pleasure, treasure, measure суффиксы и префиксы прилагательных
Суффиксы прилагательных:
П р е ф и к с ы существительных:
re — reconstruction, -ful — careful, beautiful, useful, powerful
со — cooperation, coexistence -ant — distant, important, resistant
dis — disadvantage, discomfort, distaste -ous — famous, dangerous, various
in — inaccuracy, independance -ed — talented, developed, interested
mis — misunderstanding, misprinting, misinformation -ing — interesting, disappointing
im — impossibility, impatience -al — natural, cultural, territorial
un — unemployment, unconcern, unreality -ent — dependent, transparent, different
il — illegality, illiteracy. -ish — Spanish, British, boyish, Irish
-ible — possible, terrible, visible, convertible
Н а и б о л е е употребительные -able — comfortable, miserable
с у ф ф и к с ы и п р е ф и к с ы глаголов -ic — atomic, historic, poetic, heroic
-y — rainy, busy, sunny, windy, dirty
Суффиксы глаголов:
-less — hopeless, lifeless, useless, homeless
en — deepen, lighten, strengthen;
-ary — ordinary, revolutionary, necessary
130
-ive — inventive, effective, impressive, detective

УРОК 1 2
-ian — Russian, Canadian, Romanian
П р е ф и к с ы прилагательных:
un — unhappy, unable, uncomfortable Грамматика
in — independent, indirect, invisible
dis — disappointing, discouraging, disconnectng
СТРАДАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ЗАЛОГ
im — impossible, imperfect, immoral, immaterial
n o n — non-ferrous, non-governmental Формы страдательного залога английских глаголов
ir — irregular, irresponsible, irrational
образуются с помощью вспомогательного глагола to be
p o s t — post-war, post-operational
в соответствующем времени, лице и числе и причас
i n t e r — interdependent, interchangeable, interna
тия II (Participle II) смыслового глагола:
tional
il — illegal, illiberal, illimitable.
Present Indefinite: The letter is w r i t t e n .
Past Indefinite: The letter w a s w r i t t e n .
Задание 11.4. П р о ч и т а й т е с л е д у ю щ и е существи
Future Indefinite: The letter w i l l be w r i t t e n .
тельные, у к а ж и т е , от к а к и х слов они о б р а з о в а н ы ,
определите суффиксы:
Present Continuous: The letter is b e i n g w r i t t e n .
Russian, construction, direction, concentration, col
Past Continuous: The letter w a s b e i n g w r i t t e n .
lection, heroism, popularity, musician, boyhood, agree
Future Continuous: The letter w i l l be b e i n g w r i t t e n .
ment, kingdom, drawing.
Present Perfect: The letter h a s b e e n w r i t t e n .

Задание 11.5. И с п о л ь з у я и з в е с т н ы е в а м суффик
P a s t Perfect: The letter h a d b e e n w r i t t e n .
сы и префиксы, о б р а з у й т е существительные от сле
Future Perfect: The letter w i l l h a v e b e e n w r i t t e n .
д у ю щ и х слов и п е р е в е д и т е их на русский я з ы к .
1) to sail, to connect, to educate, to build, to dance
Глагол-сказуемое в страдательном залоге показывает,
2) friend, leader, fellow
что подлежащее предложения является объектом дей
3) dark, weak, mad, cold, bright.
ствия со стороны другого лица или предмета.
Сравните: I b o u g h t a book. — Я купил книгу.
Задание 11.6. Образуйте прилагательные от сле
T h e book w a s b o u g h t (by m e ) . —
д у ю щ и х слов, и с п о л ь з у я с у ф ф и к с ы и п р е ф и к с ы , и
Книга была куплена (мной).
п е р е в е д и т е и х н а русский язык.
hope, truth, beauty, rain, peace, help, colour, power
joy, pain, care, use
133
we came. 2 0 . We shall inform you. 2 1 . These t o y s are

Глаголы в страдательном залоге на руеский язык
made by children. 2 2 . Does he work here? 2 3 . Is he
переводятся:
working now? 2 4 . The conference will be held in May.
1) глаголом быть + краткая форма причастия стра
2 5 . R o s t o v w a s named after Dmitry Rostovsky. 2 6 . W h a t
дательного залога:
are y o u doing here? 2 7 . This work must be done at once.
The l e t t e r w a s s e n t yesterday. Письмо было д о с л а н о
2 8 . You may take my book. 29.1 am often asked at the
вчера.
lessons by the teacher.
2) глаголом с частицей -ся (-сь):
This problem w a s d i s c u s s e d l a s t week. Эта проблема
Задание 12.2. Переведите и определите з а л о г и вре
обсуждалась на прошлой неделе.
мя сказуемого.
3) неопределенно-личным оборотом, т. е. глаголом в
1. They can be seen in our library every day. 2. The
действительном залоге 3 лица множественного числа,
delegation w a s met at the airport. 3. The child was often
типа «говорят», «сказали»:
left home alone. 4. These houses were built last year.
E n g l i s h is s p o k e n in m a n y c o u n t r i e s . На английс
5. All letters had been written when we came. 6. This
ком языке говорят во многих странах.
film is much spoken about. 7. The machine is being tested
4) глаголом в действительном залоге (при наличии
now. 8. H i s work has been already finished. 9. I was told
исполнителя действия):
to wait in t h e reception room. 1 0 . Your letter will have
P u p i l s a r e t a u g h t at school by t h e t e a c h e r s . Учени
been answered by Monday.
ков учат в школе учителя.
Задание 12.3. Р а с к р о й т е скобки, поставьте глаго

Задание 12.1. Переведите и определите залог и вре
лы в н у ж н ы е ф о р м ы страдательного з а л о г а .
м я сказуемого.
1. I'm not reading these books today. They (return) to
1. Не left for Moscow. 2. The news will be of great
the library. 2. The paintings (exhibit) till the end of the
interest. 3. They were speaking to him. 4. She studied
month. 3. W h y your home task (not do)? 4. The patient
many subjects. 5. The film was m u c h spoken about.
( t a k e ) to t h e hospital today, and (operate) tomorrow
6. N e w subjects will be studied n e x t year. 7 . 1 am work
morning. 5. This room (use) only on special occasions.
i n g now. 8. The t e x t has been already written by them.
6. Bicycles must not (leave) here. 7. This newspaper (not
9. He studies at our college. 10. You are working, aren't
read) because t h e pages (not cut). 8. Dictionaries may
you? 1 1 . The t e x t is being translated at the moment.
not (use) at the examination. 9. Usually the floor (sweep)
12. Do you work at this office? 1 3 . W h e n I saw him, he
every day, but it (not sweep) yesterday. 1 0 . This book
was going home. 14. They will have passed their e x a m s
(leave) in the classroom yesterday. 1 1 . Thousands of new
by 3 o'clock. 1 5 . This book was written by our teacher.
houses (build) every year. 1 2 . This room (not use) for a
16. We shall be writing our tests at 10 o'clock. 17. The
long time. 1 3 . The children (take) to the circus tomor
work will have been done when he comes. 18. We trans
row.
lated this t e x t . 1 9 . The letter had been written before
135
134
Урок12
That is w h y it is natural for t h e English to use the

Задание 12.4. Переведите п р е д л о ж е н и я на англий
c o m p a r i s o n «as changeable as the weather* of a person
ский язык.
who dften changes his mood or o p i n i o n about something.
1. Эта книга была прочитана всеми. 2. Письмо бу
• Other countries have a climate, in England we have
дет отправлено завтра. 3. Ее часто спрашивают? 4. На
weather*. This s t a t e m e n t is often made by the English
ваш вопрос ответят завтра. 5. Текст переводился вче
to describe m e t e o r o l o g i c a l conditions of their country.
ра с двух до трех. 6. Работа только что закончена нами.
The English also say that t h e y have three variants of
7. Эти книги будут использоваться до конца года.
weather: when it rains in the morning, when it rains in
8. Телеграмма у ж е получена? 9. О новой книге будут
the afternoon or when it rains all day long.
много говорить. 10. В нашем городе сейчас строится
The weather is the favourite conversational topic in
много новых зданий. 1 1 . Ключи были утеряны вчера.
England. W h e n two Englishmen meet, their first words
12. Мальчика возьмут в кино. 1 3 . Вам сказали об этом?
will be «How do you do?» or «How are you?». And after
the reply «Very well, thank you; how are you?» the next
Задание 12.5. П е р е в е д и т е на английский я з ы к .
r e m a r k is almost certain to be about the weather. When
1. Этот текст будет переведен к 10 часам завтра.
they go abroad the English often surprise people of oth
2. Все картины, которые вы здесь видите, написаны
er n a t i o n a l i t i e s by this tendency to talk about the weath
знаменитым художником. 3. Письмо будет отправлено
er, a topic of conversation that other people do not find
завтра. 4. Работа будет закончена вовремя. 5. За док
so interesting.
тором послали? (to send for). У ребенка высокая тем
The, best time of the year in England is spring (of
пература.'6. Эта книга была написана давно. '7. Сотни
course, it rains in spring, too). The two worst months in
новых домов будут построены к концу этого года.
Britain are January and February. They are cold, d a m p
8. Эта история давно забыта всеми. 9. Мне предложили
and unpleasant. The best place in the world then is at
очень интересную работу. 10. На него всегда м о ж н о
home by the big fire in the f i r e p l a c e .
положиться. 1 1 . Ему не сказали об этом. 12. Нам пока
Summer months are rather cold and there can be a lot
зали прекрасный фильм. 13. Его пригласили на вече
of rainy days. So most people who look forward to sum
ринку. 14. Делегацию нужно встретить завтра в 9 ча
mer holidays, plan to go abroad in summer to France or
сов утра в аэропорту.
somewhere on t h e Continent.
The m o s t unpleasant a s p e c t of English weather is fog
Задание 12.6. П р о ч и т а й т е и переведите текст.
and s m o g . This is e x t r e m e l y bad in big cities and espe
ENGLISH WEATHER cially in London. The fog s p r e a d s everywhere, it is in
The weather in England is very c h a n g e a b l e . A fine the s t r e e t s and it c r e e p s into t h e houses. Cars move
morning can change into a w e t afternoon and evening. along slowly, but still street accidents are frequent in
And a n a s t y morning can change to a fine afternoon. the fog. People cannot see each other. They creep along
136 137
the houses touching them with their hands not to l o s e 3. W h a t do E n g l i s h m e n often say to describe t h e
their w a y or not to be r u n o v e r by a car. weather of their country?
4. Englishmen often talk about weather. Do you find
Words this^topic of conversation interesting?
c h a n g e a b l e — изменчивый, неустойчивый 5. What is the worst time of the year in England?
w e t — сырой, мокрый 6. W h e n do Englishmen prefer to stay at home by the
n a s t y — мерзкий, противный big fire?
c o m p a r i s o n — сравнение 7. How do the English spend their short English sum
m o o d — настроение mer?
o p i n i o n — мнение 8. What are London smogs?
s t a t e m e n t — утверждение 9. W h a t kind of weather do you like best of all?
m e t e o r o l o g i c a l — метеорологический 10. Which do y o u like better: when i t ' s cold or hot?
remark — замечание 1 1 . What is the weather like today?
to go abroad — поехать за границу 12. What is the weather forecast for tomorrow?
d a m p — сырой, мокрый 1 3 . What is the weather like in your t o w n in winter
n a t i o n a l i t y — национальность (summer, autumn, spring)?
fireplace — камин
to look forward to — с нетерпением ждать
t h e C o n t i n e n t — континент (Европа)
a s p e c t — аспект, сторона
f o g — туман
s m o g ( s m o k e + fog) — смог
e x t r e m e l y — чрезвычайно
to spread (spread, spread) — расстилать(ся)
to creep (crept, crept) — ползти, красться
a c c i d e n t — несчастный случай
frequent — частый
to l o s e w a y — заблудиться
to be run o v e r by a c a r — попасть под машину
Questions
1. Is the weather in England very changeable?
2. How often does it rain in England?
138
Урок 12
Предполагает наличие физической, умственной и

УРОК 1 3 прочих возможностей, позволяющих сделать что-либо:
I c a n s w i m . — Я могу (я умею) плавать.
I c o u l d t r a n s l a t e t h i s t e x t . — Я мог (был в состоя
нии) перевести этот текст.
s
i~ Грамматика В е ж л и в у ю просьбу м о ж н о начинать с модального
глагола could:
Could y o u h e l p me, p l e a s e ! — He могли бы вы по
МОДАЛЬНЫЕ ГЛАГОЛЫ И ИХ ЗАМЕНИТЕЛИ
мочь мне, пожалуйста!
В будущем времени у глагола сап есть заменитель —
Модальные глаголы показывают отношение гово
конструкция to be able to (быть в состоянии что-либо
рящего к действию, выраженному инфинитивом. На
сделать): I s h a l l be a b l e to h e l p y o u w h e n I am free. —
пример, сравните:
Я смогу помочь тебе, когда освобожусь.
Y o u c a n s p e a k E n g l i s h . Вы можете (умеете) гово
рить по-английски.
Модальный глагол mag
Y o u m u s t s p e a k E n g l i s h . Вы должны говорить по-
английски. May — иметь возможность, получить разрешение
Y o u m a y s p e a k E n g l i s h . Вы можете говорить по- (делать что-либо), прошедшее время — might
английски . • (Вас поймут.) M a y I h e l p y o u ? — Можно вам помочь? — Y e s , y o u
Как видим, в одном и том же предложении измене may. Да, м о ж н о .
ние модального глагола меняет смысл всего предло В будущем времени у модального глагола may есть
ж е н и я , т. е. меняется отношение к действию, выра заменитель — конструкция to be allowed to (получить
женному инфинитивом. разрешение сделать что-либо).
Модальные глаголы не имеют форм во всех време Н е w i l l b e a l l o w e d t o t a k e t h e book. Ему разрешат
нах, для этого употребляются их эквиваленты (заме взять книгу.
нители).
Вопросительные и отрицательные предложения с Модальный глагол must
модальными глаголами строятся без вспомогательных Must — д о л ж е н , обязан.
глаголов: Can y o u h e l p m e ? — Y e s , I can. — N o , I - Y o u m u s t w r i t e it d o w n now. — Вы д о л ж н ы напи
c a n ' t . Вы можете помочь мне? — Да. — Н е т . сать это сейчас. .
К о с н о в н о м модальным относятся глаголы: Заменителями глагола must являются глаголы to
have to и to be to, которые имеют некоторые дополни
М о д а л ь н ы й глагол сап тельные оттенками значения. Глагол to have to озна
Сап — мочь, быть в состоянии, could — прошедшее чает долженствование, вызванное обстоятельствами,
время. вынужденную необходимость, в то время как глагол
140 141
to be to — долженствование, связанное с расписани Модальный глагол need

ем, планом или заранее сделанной договоренностью.
Модальный глагол need — «нужно, надо» употреб
S h e h a d to s t a y at home. — Она вынуждена была
ляется, в основном, в отрицательных предложениях.
(ей пришлось) остаться дома.
You needn't do it now. Вам не н у ж н о делать это сейчас.
T h e t r a i n w a s to arrive at 8 in t h e e v e n i n g . — П о е з д
должен был прибыть в 8 вечера. (По расписанию).
Задание 13.1. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я . Проана
После модальных глаголов и некоторых их эквива
л и з и р у й т е у п о т р е б л е н и е м о д а л ь н ы х глаголов в сле
лентов инфинитив употребляется без частицы t o .
дующих предложениях.
Заменителями модального глагола must являются
1. W h o can answer my question?
также модальные глаголы ought to, should (в значе
2. Nobody could translate t h i s t e x t .
нии совета, рекомендации, упрека) и shall (испраши
3. He ought to do t h i s task at once.
вается разрешение на совершение действия).
4. Must I attend this meeting? — No, you needn't.
Children o u g h t to obey their p a r e n t s . — Дети долж
5. You should have shown your notes to the teacher.
ны слушать своих родителей.
6. I asked him, but he wouldn't listen to me.
Y o u s h o u l d e n t e r t h e I n s t i t u t e . Вам следует посту
7. They should visit her, s h e is in the hospital.
пить в институт (рекомендация, совет).
8. Last summer we would often go to the country.
В сочетании с перфектным инфинитивом глагол
9. Your son can do this work himself.
should выражает сожаление о невыполненном действии
1 0 . Would y o u tell me the way to the station?
и переводится «следовало бы».
1 1 . Your friend might have informed us.
Y o u s h o u l d h a v e h e l p e d t h e m . Вам следовало бы по
12. May I leave for a while? .— Yes, y o u may.
мочь им. (Но вы не сделали этого).
1 3 . She should be more a t t e n t i v e at the lessons.
S h a l l I read? Мне следует читать?
14. You needn't come so early.
М о д а л ь н ы й глагол would
Задание 13.2. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на русский
Модальный глагол would может иметь следующие язык.
значения: 1. We have to stay at home. 2. He was allowed to take
1. Вежливая просьба. Would you help те? Не, по t h i s book. 3. Who is able to do this work? 4. He had to
можете ли вы мне? leave for Moscow earlier. 5. We are to take exams in
2. Повторяемость действия в прошлом. Не would J u n e . 6. Am I allowed to visit you? 7. They were able to
often help те.. Он, бывало, часто помогал мне. do t h i s work in time. 8. I shall be able to pass my
3. Стойкое нежелание совершать какие-либо дей e x a m i n a t i o n s . 9 . S h e will b e a l l o w e d t o w a t c h TV.
ствия. Не w o u l d n ' t l i s t e n to me. Он никак не хотел 1 0 . 1 have to come in time. 1 1 . The train is to come soon.
слушать меня 1 2 . Are you able to drive a car?
142 143
Задание 13.3. З а м е н и т е модальные глаголы соот вольствием. 6. Я рад, что мне не пришлось заканчи
ветствующими эквивалентами. вать эту работу вчера. 7. Я не люблю поздно ложиться
1. Не couldn't explain a n y t h i n g . 2. You must not спать, но иногда мне приходится. 8. Можно мне пойти
stay here. 3. Can you swim? 4. You may take these books. погулять сейчас? — Нет, нельзя. Ты должен скоро ло
5. They can run quickly. 6. She might work in our room. житься спать. 9. Вам следует навестить вашего друга.
7. Who can read t h i s text? 8. They must go there tomor Он вчера не пришел на урок. 10. Почему ты не при
row. 9. May I go to the cinema? 10. We must meet at шла? — Я не могла, я должна была помочь маме по
7 o'clock. дому. 1 1 . Вам не нужно идти в библиотеку, у нас много
книг дома, и вы можете взять любую, какую хотите.
Задание 13.4. Вставьте н е о б х о д и м ы е модальные
глаголы. Задание 13.6. З а п о л н и т е п р о п у с к и соответствую
1. I... not go to the theatre with them last night, I... щ и м и м о д а л ь н ы м и глаголами.
revise the grammar rules and the words for the test. (must, should, would, ought to, needn't, can, could,
2. My friend lives a long way from his office and... g e t may, might)
up early. 3. All of us... be in time for classes. 4. W h e n 1. They... not do t h i s work themselves 2. You... take
my dictionary. 3. You don't look well, you... consult the
my friend has his English, he... stay at the office after
doctor. 4. Why... I give you my money? 5. She... not
work. He (not)... stay at the office on Tuesday, Thursday
speak any foreign language. 6. He... to help them, they
and Saturday and... get home early. 5. ... you... work
need his help. 7. ... y o u tell me the time? 8. ... I go with
hard to do "well in your English? 6. «... we discuss t h i s
you? N o , you.... 9. Your daughter... have told about it.
q u e s t i o n n o w ? * « N o , we... . W e . . . do it t o m o r r o w
10. In winter we... often skate. 1 1 . You... not m i s s your
afternoon*. 7. I'm glad you... come. 8. «... you... come
classes. 12. ... you play the piano before?
and I have dinner with us tomorrow?* «Fd love t o * .
9. «Please send them this article.* «Oh, ... I do it now?*
Задание 13.7. П р о ч и т а й т е и переведите текст.
Задание 13.5. П е р е в е д и т е на английский язык, ис LEARNING FOREIGN LANGUAGES
пользуя м о д а л ь н ы е глаголы.
The problem of learning foreign languages is very
1. Мы обязательно должны писать диктант сегодня?
important today. Students should learn foreign languages.
— Да, завтра мы будем учить новые слова. 2. Вчера
They became important e s p e c i a l l y at the present time.
мне пришлось ответить на все эти письма. 3. Виктора
Foreign languages are needed as the main and most
тоже пригласить на обед? — Да, сделайте это, пожа
efficient m e a n s of information e x c h a n g e between the
луйста. 4. Вам пришлось остаться дома, потому что
people of our planet.
была плохая погода? 5. Вы обязательно должны прий
Today English is the language of the world. Over 3 5 0
ти и посмотреть н а ш у н о в у ю к в а р т и р у . — С удо-
(three hundred and fifty) million people speak it as a
144
mother tongue. The n a t i v e s p e a k e r s of English live in s o f t w a r e — компьютерные программы

Great Britain, in the United S t a t e s of America, Austral p a t i e n c e — терпение
ia and N e w Zealand. E n g l i s h is one of t h e official n e c e s s a r y — необходимый
l a n g u a g e s in t h e Irish Republic, Canada and S o u t h
African Republic. As a second language it is used in the Questions
former British and US colonies. 1. Why do we need to learn foreign languages now?
It is the major international language for communication 2. How many people in the world speak English?
in such areas as science, technology, business and mass 3. What are English-speaking countries?
media. English ought to be used as one of the official 4. In what areas is English mostly used?
languages of the United Nations Organisation and other 5 . W h a t are t h e d i f f i c u l t i e s in learning foreign
political organisations. It is the language of computer languages?
software, literature, education, modern music, 6. Is the knowledge of English necessary nowadays
international tourism. and why?
Learning a foreign language is not an easy thing. It is
a long and slow process t h a t takes a lot of time and ГСКтЕСТ
patience. But every educated person, every good specialist
has to know English, because it is absolutely n e c e s s a r y «• I. Определите, к какой части речи относится выде
nowadays. л е н н о е слово:
It is well known that reading books in the original, 1. Usually he s i t s near the window.
talking with the English speaking people will help a lot. 2. Our college has a big building.
When learning a foreign language you are to learn the 3. N e w t o n was an outstanding scientist.
culture and history of t h e native speakers. You may 4. This method is widely used.
learn any foreign language. They are all important. 5. Where do-you work?
6. Do you like your work?
Worda 7. Our s t u d e n t s do a lot of their w o r k in the labora
e s p e c i a l l y — особенно tories.
efficient — эффективный 8. There are some departments at the Institute.
major — главный
m e a n s — средство Варианты:
e x c h a n g e — обмен 1) существительное
area — область 2)глагол
n a t i v e speakers — носители языка (те, для кого язык 3) прилагательное
родной) 4) местоимение
146 147
5) наречие 5) were; 6) have;

6) числительное 7) has; 8) had.
П. Найдите подлежащее и сказуемое в данном пред V . Употребите н у ж н ы й м о д а л ь н ы й глагол и л и его

ложении: эквивалент:
In the nearest future the pupils are to be tested in all 1. You... consult your director.
subjects. 2. ... I go w i t h you? — Please, do.
3. The train... come at 7 o'clock yesterday.
III. Вставьте н у ж н ы й предлог: 4. The students... come to all their lectures.
1. I go... the college... bus. 5. They... speak English and don't know French.
2. Many students... our college study well.
3. ... l e a v i n g t h e c o l l e g e I can try to e n t e r t h e
University.
4. Our college trains specialists... work... different
spheres.
Варианты:
l)at; 2) of;
3) for; 4) in;
5) to; 6) by;
7) after; 8) from.
IV. Употребите н у ж н у ю ф о р м у глаголов to be и to

have:
1. Prof. Ivanov... our lecturer.
2. I... a first-year student now,
3. He...born in 1985.
4. The students... at the laboratory yesterday.
5. My brother.., two children.
6. They... a lot of work to do this week.
Варианты: 1) am; 2) i s ;
3) are; 4 ) was;
148
Урок 14
действия, во втором (эти же глаголы с причастием Г) —

процесс действия.
УРОК 14 2. С инфинитивом без частицы to после глаголов
let: Don't let them play in the street.
make: Don't make me laugh.
''Г Грамматика 3. С инфинитивом с частицей to после глаголов

want / want you to help me.
expect / expect you to come in time.
СЛОЖНОЕ ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ
believe / believe her to be a very good teacher.
know J know him to be a good student.
Сложное дополнение — это сочетание существи
advise J advise you to enter the institute.
тельного или местоимения в объектном падеже (напр.
consider English climate is considered to be mild.
те, him, us, them) с инфинитивом или причастием J.
order He is ordered not to be late.
Существует в трех основных вариантах:
allow They allow to use dictionaries at the exam.
1. С инфинитивом без частицы to или с причастием J
like / would like you to finish your work.
после глаголов восприятия
find / find your story to be very interesting.
see / saw him drive the car. I saw them working in
• the lab- З а д а н и е 1 4 . 1 . Р а с к р о й т е скобки.
watch We watched the plane land. We watched the 1. He made me (do) it all over again. 2. Her father
children playing in the yard. made her (learn) the lessons. 3. If y o u want us (make)
notice Nobody noticed him go out. He didn't notice t h e work quickly y o u s h o u l d l e t us ( s t a r t ) at once.
that happen. 4. Would y o u like me (read) now? 5. They won't let us
feel She felt somebody touch her hand. They didn't (leave) the classroom till our control work has been
feel the train start. checked. 6. He wouldn't let the children (play) in his
Hear I didn't hear you come into the room. I heard study. 7. Please let me (know) the results of your exam
her playing piano. as soon as possible. 8. He made us (wait) for two hours.
9. I let him (go) early as he had done his task. 10. I'd like
I s a w h i m e n t e r t h e h o u s e . — Я видел, как он во him (enter) the university but I can't make him (do) it.
шел В ДОМ." - . 1 1 . 1 want her (learn) English. 1 2 . 1 heard the door (open)
I s a w h i m e n t e r i n g t h e h o u s e . — Я видел, как он and saw my friend (come) into the room. 13. I heard her
входил в дом. (play) the piano. 14. I saw him (go out) of the house.
В первом случае (вышеперечисленные глаголы с 1 5 . The teacher advised us (use) dictionaries. 16. Her
инфинитивом без частицы to) подчеркивается факт
151
150
father doesn't allow her (go) to the cinema alone. 17. We If you help те (придаточное предл. условия), I shall
expect our basketball team (win) next game. 18. We don't do this work on time (главное предл.). — Если ты помо
want you (tell) anything. 1 9 . I saw t h e m (open) the ж е ш ь мне, я сделаю эту работу вовремя.
window. 2 0 . That is too difficult for you to do, let me As soon as I am free, Г11 come to you. — Как только я
(help) you. освобожусь, я приду к тебе.
We shall not begin until you come. — Мы не начнем,
Задание 14.2. П е р е в е д и т е на а н г л и й с к и й язык. пока ты не придешь.
1. Вы ожидаете, работа будет сделана скоро? 2. Вы
хотите, чтобы мы встретились сегодня? 3. Вы хотите, Задание 14.3. Р а с к р о й т е скобки.
чтобы дети играли здесь? 4. Мы ожидаем, что они хо , 1 . Не (go) out when the weather (get) warmer.
рошо проведут у нас время. 5. Я хочу, чтобы он закон 2. I (wait) for you until you (come) back from school.
чил эту работу. 6. Мы слышали, что она знает, когда 3. I'm afraid the train (start) before we (come) to the
мы сдаем экзамен. 7. Вы хотите, чтобы мы обсудили station. 4. We (go) to the country tomorrow if the weather
этот вопрос сегодня? 8. Мы ожидаем, что на этом мес (to be) fine. 5. We (not pass) the examination next year
те будет построен новый дом. 9. Вы хотели бы, чтобы if we not (work) much harder. 6. If y o u (not drive) more
работа была сделана сегодня? carefully you (have) an accident. 7. You (be) late if you
(not take) a taxi. 8. I (finish) reading t h i s book before I
(go) to bed. 9. You must (send) us a telegram as soon as
ПРИДАТОЧНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ УСЛОВИЯ
you (arrive). 1 0 . We (have) a picnic tomorrow if it (be) a
И ВРЕМЕНИ, ДЕЙСТВИЕ КОТОРЫХ ОТНОСИТСЯ
fine day. 1 1 . We (go) out when it (stop) raining. 1 2 . We
К БУДУЩЕМУ
(not to have) dinner until you (come). 1 3 . I'm sure they
(write) to us when they (know) our new address.
В придаточных предложениях условия и времени с
союзами
Задание 14.4. П р о ч и т а й т е и п е р е в е д и т е текст. -
if — если,
when — когда, MASS MEDIA
after — после,
M a s s m e d i a (that is the press, the radio and television)
before — перед тем, как,
plays an important role in the life of society. They inform,
as soon as — как только,
educate and e n t e r t a i n people. They also i n f l u e n c e the
unless — если не,
way people look at the e v e n t s and sometimes make t h e m
until — до тех пор, пока не
change their v i e w s .
будущее время заменяется формой настоящего време
Millions of people watch TV and read newspapers in
ни, но на русский язык переводится будущим, напри
their s p a r e t i m e . People listen to the radio while driving
мер:
152 153
а саг. On the radio one can hear music, plays, news and Questions:
various discussions of current e v e n t s . Lots of radio or
1. What is m a s s media?
TV games and films attract large a u d i e n c e .
2. How does mass media influence people?
Newspapers give more d e t a i l e d r e v i e w s of political
3. W h a t is t h e difference b e t w e e n radio and TV
life, culture and sports. Basically they are read by the
programmes?
people who are subscribers and those who are interested
4. Does the audience of TV and radio differ?
in politics.
5. Do you think that advertising is useful?
There is a lot of a d v e r t i s i n g in mass media. Many TV
channels, radio stations and newspapers are o w n e d by
different corporations. The owners can advertise what V~ Грамматика
ever they choose.
But we cannot say that mass media do not try to raise ПРИЧАСТИЕ И ГЕРУНДИЙ. ИХ ОТЛИЧИЕ
the cultural level of people or to develop their tastes. Mass
media bring to millions of homes not only entertaiment Причастие — неличная форма глагола, промежуточ
and news but also cultural and educational programs. ная м е ж д у глаголом и прилагательным:
There is a great number of TV, cable TV and s a t e l l i t e The boy playing in the yard is my brother. — Маль
TV channels and lots of radio stations and newspapers now. чик, (какой?) играющий во дворе, — мой брат.
Words П р и ч а с т и е I ( P a r t i c i p l e I)
m a s s m e d i a — средства массовой информации Причастие I (причастие настоящего времени), об
s o c i e t y — общество разованное при помощи окончания -ing, имеет актив
to e n t e r t a i n — развлекать ную и страдательную формы:
to i n f l u e n c e — влиять активная (несовершенный вид) — asking,
e v e n t s — события активная (совершенный вид) — having asked,
v i e w — точка зрения страдательная (несовершенный) — being asked,
s p a r e t i m e — свободное время страдательная (совершенный) — having been asked.
c u r r e n t e v e n t s — зд. новости
a u d i e n c e — аудитория Причастие I употребляется в функции:
d e t a i l e d r e v i e w — подробный обзор 1. Определения:
s u b s c r i b e r s — подписчики The man sitting at the table is our teacher. — Чело
a d v e r t i s i n g — реклама век, сидящий за столом, — наш учитель.
to o w n — владеть The houses being built in our town are not very high. —
s a t e l l i t e — спутник Дома, строящиеся в нашем городе, невысоки.
154
155
2. Обстоятельства: 2) как часть сказуемого после глаголов to finish, tl

Going home I met an old friend. — И д я домой, я start, to continue, to go on, to keep и др.:
встретил старого друга. He started reading the book. Он начал читать книгу
Having finished work I went home. — З а к о н ч и в ра 3) как предложное дополнение:
боту, я пошел домой. I am fond of reading. Я люблю читать
4) как прямое дополнение:
П р и ч а с т и е II ( P a r t i c i p l e II)
Do y o u m i n d my r e a d i n g h e r e ? Вы не против моего
Причастие II (причастие прошедшего времени) все чтения здесь?
гда пассивно. Образуется оно прибавлением суффикса 5) как обстоятельство времени: ,'
-ed к основе правильного глагола или путем чередо A f t e r r e a d i n g he c l o s e d t h e book. После чтения он
вания звуков в корне неправильного глагола. закрыл книгу.
6) как обстоятельство образа действия:
П р и ч а с т и е II употребляется в ф у н к ц и и : I n s t e a d o f r e a d i n g h e w e n t t o t h e m o v i e s . Вместо
1. Определения: чтения он пошел в кино.
The book translated from English is very interest
ing. — Книга, п е р е в е д е н н а я с английского языка, Активная форма герундия: giving, beating и т. д.
очень интересная. Пассивная форма герундия: being given, being beaten
2. Обстоятельства (причины и времени): и т. д .
Given the task he began to work. — Получив зада
ние, он начал работать. Задание 14.5. Р а с к р о й т е с к о б к и , и с п о л ь з у я ге
рундий, п е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я :
Употребление герундия
1. The soil in the flower-pot is very dry, it needs
и его отличие от причастия I
(water). 2. You don't need (put on) your coat because i t ' s
Причастие — неличная форма глагола, промежуточ very warm outside. 3. My flat wants (repair). 4. Famous
ная между глаголом и прилагательным. actors needn't (introduce) themselves. 5. The blackboard
Герундий является неличной формой глагола, про is dirty, it needs (wipe). 6. The s h o e s need (polish).
межуточной м е ж д у существительным и глаголом: 7. Your shirt has a hole, it wants (mend). 8. You room
Smoking is harmful. — Курение (что?) вредно. needs (tidy). 9. The room needed (clean). 10. (learn) for
Иными словами, причастие — в большей степени e i g n languages is very useful. 1 1 . My hair wants (cut)
«прилагательное» по своим функциям, герундий — but I never have time to do it 1 2 . Students need (cheer
« существительное ». up) before their exams.
Герундий употребляется:
1) в качестве подлежащего:
Reading is useful. Чтение полезно.
156
Урок 15
If I knew his address I would write to him. — Если

бы я знал его адрес (сейчас), я написал бы ему (сейчас
или в б л и ж а й ш е м будущем).
УРОК 1 5 If the weather were fine he would go to the country.
Если бы погода (сейчас) была хорошей, он бы по
ехал за город.
Глагол в придаточном предложении — в форме P a s t
V" Грамматика
Indefinite, в главном — в форме F u t u r e in t h e P a s t .
б) действие относится к прошлому:
УСЛОВНЫЕ ПРЕДЛОЖЕНИЯ If the weather had been fine yesterday he would have
gone to the country.
Условные предложения могут быть следующими:
Если бы погода была вчера хорошей, он бы поехал
1) предложения реального условия;
за город.
2) предложения нереального условия. Употребление
В случае, если действие, описываемое сослагатель
глагольных форм в этих предложениях зависит от сте
ным наклонением, относится к прошедшему времени,
пени реальности и времени действия, выраженного
в главном предложении используется форма будущего
глаголом.
с о в е р ш е н н о г о с точки з р е н и я п р о ш е д ш е г о F u t u r e
П р е д л о ж е н и я реального у с л о в и я (изъявительное
P e r f e c t in t h e P a s t , а в придаточном — прошедшее
наклонение).
совершенное P a s t Perfect.
а) условие относится к будущему:
If I had known his address I would have written to
If t h e w e a t h e r is fine he will go to t h e country. Если
him. — Если бы я знал его адрес (в прошлом), я напи
погода будет хорошей, он поедет за город.
сал бы ему (в прошлом ж е ) .
If I l e a r n h i s address I s h a l l w r i t e to him. — Если я / wish I lived not far from here (настоящее вре
узнаю его адрес, я ему напишу. мя). — Жаль, что я не живу поблизости.
б) условие относится к прошлому: / wish I had lived not far from here (прошедшее
I f t h e w e a t h e r w a s fine h e w e n t t o t h e country. Если время). — Жаль, что я не ж и л поблизости.
погода была хорошей, он ездил за город.
Задание 15.1. П е р е в е д и т е на русский я з ы к следу
П р е д л о ж е н и я нереального условия (сослагательное ющие предложения:
наклонение): . 1. If I c a m e later I would be late for the lesson. 2. If
Сослагательное наклонение выражает возможность, he had known the time-table he wouldn't have missed
нереальность, предположительность действия. the train. 3. It would be better if you learned t h e oral
П р е д л о ж е н и я нереального условия: topics. 3 . 1 wish I had known this before the examination.
а) действие относится к настоящему или будущему: 4. I would have come to you if you had not lived so far
158 159
away. 5. If I had seen you yesterday I would have given p r o c e d u r e s — процедуры, операции
you my text-book. 6. If I were in your place I wouldn't d a t a — данные
buy the tickets beforehand. 7. If I had known t h a t you perform — выполнять
needed help I would have helped you. m a n n e r — манера, способ
v a r i o u s — различные
Задание 15.2. Прочитайте и п е р е в е д и т е текст. to c o n v e r t — превращать
to s t o r e — хранить
WHAT IS A COMPUTER?
d i g i t a l — цифровой
Computer is a device for p r o c e s s i n g information. Com
puter has no i n t e l l i g e n c e by itself and is called hardware. General understanding (общее понимание текста):
A computer s y s t e m is a combination of four elements: 1. What does the term «computer» describe?
Hardware 2. Is computer intelligent?
• Software 3. What are the four components of a computer system?
• Procedures 4. What is software?
D a t a / Information 5. W h a t ' s the difference between the hardware and
Software are the programmes that tell the hardware software?
how to perform a task. Without software instructions, 6. In what way terms «data» and «information» differ?
the hardware doesn't know what to do. 7. How does computer convert data into information?
The basic job of the computer is the processing of
information. Computers take information in the form of Задание 15.3. К а к и е из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е терми
instructions called programs and symbols called data. нов и м е ю т а н а л о г и в русском я з ы к е ?
After that they perform v a r i o u s mathematical and log computer, diskette, metal, processor, scanner, infor
ical operations, and then give the results (information). mation, data, microphone, printer, modem, Internet.
Computer is used to c o n v e r t data i n t o i n f o r m a t i o n .
Computer is also used to s t o r e information in the d i g i t a l
Задание 15.4. К а к и е из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер
form.
ж д е н и й верны/неверны? Аргументируйте свой от
вет, о п и р а я с ь на текст.
Working vocabulary: 1. Computer is made of electronic components so it is
d e v i c e — устройство deferred to as electronic device.
p r o c e s s i n g — обработка 2. Computer has no i n t e l l i g e n c e until software is
i n t e l l i g e n c e — разум loaded.
h a r d w a r e — оборудование 3. There are four elements of computer system: hard
s o f t w a r e — программы ware, software, diskettes and data.
160 6. Зак. 832

161
Урок 15
screen. W h e n t h e c u r s o r r e a c h e s the desired location,
4. Without software instructions hardware doesn't
the user usually pushes a button on the mouse once or
know what to do.
twice to give a command to the computer.
5. The software is the most important component be
cause it is made by people. Another type of input hardware is optic-electronic
6. The user inputs data into computer to get informa s c a n n e r . Microphone and video camera can be also used
tion as an output. to input data into the computer.
Задание 15.5. З а п о л н и т е пропуски: Processing hardware

1) Information in the form of instruction is called a ... P r o c e s s i n g h a r d w a r e d i r e c t s the e x e c u t i o n of soft
2) The basic job of the computer is the . . . .
ware instructions in the computer. The most common
a) program
c o m p o n e n t s of p r o c e s s i n g hardware are t h e c e n t r a l
b) p r o c e s s i n g of i n f o r m a t i o n
p r o c e s s i n g u n i t and main memory.
The central processing unit (CPU) is the b r a i n of the
Задание 15.6. Переведите текст. Перескажите текст,
computer. It reads and i n t e r p r e t s software instructions
и с п о л ь з у я р а б о ч и й словарь.
and coordinates the processing.
WHAT IS HARDWARE? Memory is the component of the computer in which
Webster's dictionary gives us the following definition information is stored. There are two types of computer
of the hardware — the devices composing a computer memory: R A M and ROM.
system. RAM (random access memory) is the memory, used
Computer hardware can be divided into four categories: for creating, loading and running programs
1) i n p u t h a r d w a r e ROM (read only memory) is computer memory used to
2 ) p r o c e s s i n g hardware hold programmed instructions to the system.
3 ) s t o r a g e hardware The more memory you have in your computer, the
4 ) o u t p u t hardware. more operations you can perform.
Input hardware Storage hardware

I n p u t hardware collects data and c o n v e r t s them into The purpose of storage hardware is to store computer
a form s u i t a b l e for computer processing. The m o s t i n s t r u c t i o n s and data and r e t r i e v e w h e n needed for
common input device is a keyboard. It looks very much processing. Storage hardware stores data as electromag
like a typewriter. The m o u s e is a hand-held device netic signals. The most common ways of storing data are
connected to the computer by a small cable. As the mouse
hard disk, floppy disk and CD-ROM.
is rolled across the desktop, the cursor moves across the
162 163
6*
Hard disk is a rigid disk coated with magnetic mate Working vocabulary:
rial, for storing programs and relatively large amounts i n p u t h a r d w a r e — устройства ввода данных
of data. to c o n v e r t — преобразовывать
Floppy disk (diskette) — a thin, usually flexible plas s u i t a b l e — подходящий, пригодный
tic disk coated with magnetic material, for storing tem k e y b o a r d — клавиатура
porary computer data and programs. There are two for m o u s e — «мышь»
mats for floppy disks: 5.25' and 3.5'.
to roll — катать, перекатывать
3.5' disks are formatted 1.4 megabytes and are widely c u r s o r — курсор
used. to r e a c h — достигать
CD-ROM (compact disc read only memory) is a com s c a n n e r — сканирующее устройство, сканер
pact disc on which a large a m o u n t of d i g i t i z e d data can p r o c e s s i n g hardware — устройства обработки данных
be stored. CD-ROMs are very popular now because of the to direct — управлять
growing speed which CD-ROM d r i v e s can provide nowa
e x e c u t i o n — выполнение
days.
central processing unit (CPU), microprocessor —
микропроцессор
Output hardware b r a i n — мозг
The purpose of output hardware is to p r o v i d e the to i n t e r p r e t — переводить, интерпретировать
user with, the means to view information produced by R A M — ОЗУ (оперативное запоминающее устрой
the computer system. Information is in either hardcopy ство)
or softcopy form. Hardcopy output can be held in your ROM — П З У (постоянное запоминающее устрой
hand, such as paper with t e x t (woFd or numbers) or ство)
g r a p h i c s printed on it. Softcopy output is displayed on a s t o r a g e h a r d w a r e — устройства хранения данных
monitor. to r e t r i e v e — извлекать
Monitor is a display screen for viewing computer data, h a r d disk — жесткий диск, «винчестер»
television programs, etc. P r i n t e r is a computer output CD-ROM — накопитель на компакт-дисках (CD)
device that produces a paper copy of data or graphics. a m o u n t — количество
Modem, is an example of communication hardware — d i g i t i z e d — в цифровом виде
an electronic device that makes possible the transmission CD-ROM d r i v e s — дисководы CD-ROM
of data to or from computer v i a telephone or other to p r o v i d e — обеспечивать
communication lines. g r a p h i c s — графика
Hardware comes in many configurations, depending t e m p o r a r y — временный
on what you are g o i n g to do on your computer. o u t p u t h a r d w a r e — устройства отображения инфор
мации
164 165
Урок 15
6. Modem is an electronic device that makes possible

printer — печатающее устройство, принтер
the transmission of data from one computer to another
m o d e m — модем
v i a telephone or other communication lines.
7. The purpose of storage hardware is to store compu
General understanding (общее понимание текста):
ter instructions and data.
1. What is the Webster's dictionary definition of the
hardware? Задание 15.8. Д а й т е определения, и с п о л ь з у я текст.
2. What groups of hardware exist? 1. CPU
3. What is input hardware? W h a t are the examples of 2. ROM
input hardware? 3. floppy-disk
4. What is the mouse designed for? 4. CD-ROM
5. What is processing hardware? What are the basic 5. printer
types of memory used in a PC? 6. modem
6. What is a storage hardware? What is CD-ROM used 7. hard disk
for? Can a user record his or her data on a CD? W h a t 8. keyboard
kind of storage hardware can contain more information:
Задание 15.9. Ч т о из н и ж е п е р е ч и с л е н н о г о являет
CD-ROM, RAM or ROM?
ся оборудованием?
7. What is modem used for? Can a PC user communi
1.'program
cate with other people without a modem?
2. mouse
3. CPU
Задание 15.7. Какие из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер
4. printer
5. modem
вет, опираясь на текст.
6. instruction
1. The purpose of the input hardware is to collect
7. cursor or t h e pointer
data and convert them into a form suitable for computer
8. keyboard
processing.
9. symbol
2. Scanner is used to input graphics only.
3. CPU reads and interprets software and prints the Задание 15.10. П р о ч и т а й т е и п е р е в е д и т е текст.
results on paper.
WINDOWS ХР
4. User is unable to change the contents of ROM.
5. Printer is a processing hardware because it shows Windows ХР is an operational s y s t e m based on t h e
the information. e x p a n d i n g w i n d o w s principle which uses i c o n s to graphi-
167
166
Урок 15
n e c e s s i t y — необходимость
cally r e p r e s e n t files. It's very easy to use Internet if
s h o r t c u t c a p a b i l i t y — возможность н а х о ж д е н и я
you have Windows XP on your computer.
кратчайшего пути
Windows XP makes the way y o u and your computer
f r e q u e n t l y — часто
i n t e r a c t with Internet easier. Most everyday tasks are
easier to do than before. For example, the second mouse
button has become a powerful weapon. Recycle Bin makes
i t easier t o r e c o v e r accidentally d e l e t e d f i l e s . Your
computer probably will c r a s h less w i t h Windows X P .
"Microsoft says that it is m o v i n g forward to the time
when we will all think more about our data and less
about the programs used to create them.
Window XP plug-and-play capability makes it easy to
upgrade your computer hardware. A new Windows 98
s h o r t c u t s c a p a b i l i t y makes it easy to reach f r e q u e n t l y
used files.
Working vocabulary:
e x p a n d i n g w i n d o w s principle — принцип расширя

ющихся окон
i c o n s — иконки
r e p r e s e n t — представлять
to i n t e r a c t — взаимодействовать
w e a p o n — оружие
R e c y c l e B i n — корзина
to r e c o v e r — восстановить
d e l e t e d files — удаленные файлы
to c r a s h — зависать, давать сбои
to m o v e forward — двигаться вперед
plug-n-play — подключай и работай
u p g r a d e — апгрейд (увеличение возможностей ком
пьютера) '
168
Урок 16
Types of data
W i t h the a d v e n t of new computer applications and
hardware, the definition of data has e x p a n d e d to include
УРОК16
many types.
N u m e r i c d a t a consists of numbers and decimal points,
as well as the plus (+) and minus (—) signs. Both arithmetic
COMPUTER OPERATIONS. operations and logical operations are performed on numeric
TYPES OF DATA data. This means that numbers can be used for calculations
as well as sorted and compared to each other.
Much of the processing computers can be divided into Text, or t e x t u a l data, can contain any combination of
two general types of operation. A r i t h m e t i c o p e r a t i o n s letters, numbers and special characters. Sometimes tex
are c o m p u t a t i o n s with numbers such as addition, sub tual data is known as a l p h a n u m e r i c data.
t r a c t i o n , and other mathematical procedures. Early com Various forms of data that we can hear and see makes
puters performed mostly arithmetic operations, which up a u d i o - v i s u a l data. The computer can produce sounds,
gave the f a l s e impression that only engineers and scien music and even human voice. It can also accept audio-
t i s t s could benefit from computers. Of equal importance information as an input. Data can also take form of draw
is the computers ability to compare two v a l u e s to deter ings and video sequences.
m i n e if one is larger than, smaller than, or equal to the P h y s i c a l d a t a is captured from the environment. For
other. This is called a l o g i c a l operation. The c o m p a r i s o n example, light, temperature and pressure are all types
may take place between numbers, letters, sounds, or even of physical data. In m a n y large "buildings, computer
drawings. The processing of the computer is based on systems process several kinds of physical data to regulate
the computer's ability to perform logical and arithmetic
operations. Computers can set off security alarms, control
operations.
temperature and humidity, or turn lights on and off, all
Instructions must be given to the computer to tell it in response to physical data. These applications increase
how to process the data it receives and the format needed people's safety and save the time and money.
for output and storage. The ability to follow the program
s e t s computers apart from most t o o l s . However,- new Working vocabulary:
tools ranging from typewriters to m i c r o w a v e o v e n s have
embedded computers, or built-in computers. An embedded d a t a — данные
computer can a c c e p t data to use several options in i t ' s to divide — делить
program, but the program itself cannot be changed. This to c o m p u t e — вычислять
makes these devices flexible and convenient but not the c o m p u t a t i o n — вычисление
embedded computers itself. \ a r i t h m e t i c o p e r a t i o n — арифметическая операция
170 171
v a l u e — величина Задание 16.1. К а к и е из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер

l o g i c a l o p e r a t i o n — логическая операция ж д е н и й верны/неверны. Аргументируйте с в о й ответ,
c o m p a r i s o n — сравнение о п и р а я с ь н а текст.
a d d i t i o n — сложение 1. A r i t h m e t i c operations are operations w i t h num
s u b t r a c t i o n — вычитание bers — subtraction and division.
f a l s e — ложный 2. Early computers gave false impression about their
to benefit — получать пользу capabilities.
e q u a l — равный 3. Logical operations are computer's ability to com
to d e t e r m i n e — определять pare two values.
to c o m p a r e — сравнивать 4. The major difference between the computer and
t o o l — инструмент tools lies in the flexibility of the program.
m i c r o w a v e o v e n — микроволновая печь 5. Embedded computers are found only in typewriters
embedded- встроенный and ovens.
a c c e p t — принимать 6. Microwave oven's program is flexible and could be
f l e x i b l e — гибкий, изменчивый changed because of the embedded computer.
a d v e n t — приход 7. Numeric data consist of numbers, decimal points
to e x p a n d — расширять and the ( + ) and ( - ) s i g n s .
s e q u e n c e — последовательность
8) Computer can accept human speech as an audio
i n c r e a s e — увеличивать
visual input data.
d e c i m a l p o i n t — десятичная точка
s a v e — спасать, зд. экономить Задание 16.2. Д а й т е о п р е д е л е н и я , и с п о л ь з у я сло
варь:
General understanding 1. software
1. In what two major parts could be computer opera 2. arithmetic operation
tions divided? 3. logical operation
2. What are arithmetic operations? 4. numeric data
3. What are logical operations? 5. textual data
4. Can computer compare two graphical objects? 6. physical data
5. What makes computer so different from other tools? 7. audio-visual data
6. What is an embedded computer? What modern devic
es have embedded computers? Задание 16.3. З а п о л н и т е пропуски:
7". How many are types of data? 1) ... are computations w i t h numbers such as addition,
8. What is physical data? subtraction, and other mathematical procedures.
172
\ 173
2) The computers ability to compare two values to termines the order in which these operations are per
determine if one is larger than, smaller than, or equal formed.
to the other is called a ... Programs usually fall in one of two categories: s y s t e m
1) New tools ranging from typewriters to microwave software and applications software.
ovens have embedded computers, or ... computers System software c o n t r o l s standard i n t e r n a l computer
2) An ... can accept data to use several options in i t ' s a c t i v i t i e s . A n o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m , for e x a m p l e , i s a
program, but the program itself cannot be changed. collection of system programs that a i d in the operation
3) ... can be used for calculations as well as sorted and of a computer r e g a r d l e s s of the application software being
compared to each other. used. W h e n a computer is first turned on, one of the
4) ... can contain any combination of letters, numbers systems programs is b o o t e d or loaded i n t o the computers
and special characters. memory. This software contains information about
5) Various forms of data that we can hear and see m e m o r y c a p a c i t y , the model of the processor, the disk
makes up... which is captured from t h e environment. drives to be used, and more. Once the system software is
loaded, the applications software can start to work.
a) logical operation
System programs are designed for the specific pieces
b) t e x t , or textual data
of hardware. These programs are called drivers and co
c) audio-visual data
ordinate p e r i p h e r a l hardware and computer activities.
d) physical data
User needs to i n s t a l l a specific driver in order to activate
e) arithmetic operations
his or her peripheral device. For example, if you intend
f) built-in
to buy a printer or a scanner you need to worry in ad
g) numbers
vance about the driver program which, though, commonly
go along w i t h your device. By installing the driver you
Types of S o f t w a r e
«teach* your mainboard to «understand* the newly at
A computer to c o m p l e t e a job r e q u i r e s more than just tached part.
the actual e q u i p m e n t or hardware we see and touch. It Applications software satisfies your specific need. The
requires Software — programs for d i r e c t i n g the opera
developers of application software rely mostly on
tion of a computer or electronic data.
marketing research strategies trying to do their best to
Software is the final computer s y s t e m component.
attract more users (buyers) to their software. As the
These computer programs instruct the hardware how to
productivity of the hardware has increased greatly in
c o n d u c t processing. The computer is merely a general-
recent years, t h e programmers nowadays tend to include
purpose machine which requires s p e c i f i c software to
all kinds of g i m m i c k s in one program to make software
perform a given task. Computers can input, calculate,
interface look more attractive to the user. These class of
compare, and output data, as information. Software de-
174 175
programs is the most numerous and perspective from s e c u r i t y — безопасность

the marketing point of view. to d e v e l o p — развивать, проявлять
Data communication within and between computers d e v e l o p e r — разработчик
systems is h a n d l e d by system software. to c h e c k — проверять
Communications software t r a n s f e r s data from one a t t a c h — присоединять
computer s y s t e m to another. These programs usually Web-browser — «броузер» (программа, Позволяю
provide users w i t h data security and error checking along щая пользователю искать и считывать информацию с
with physically transferring data between the two глобальной электронной сети Internet)
computer's memories. During the past five years the peripheral — периферийный
d e v e l o p i n g electronic network communication has stim to b o o t — запускать
ulated more and more companies to produce v a r i o u s to h a n d l e — управлять
communication software, such as W e b - B r o w s e r s for g i m m i c k — зд. приманка
Internet.
General understanding (Общее понимание текста):
Working vocabulary
1. What is software?
to c o m p l e t e — завершать 2. In what two basic groups software (programs) could
to require — требовать be divided?
e q u i p m e n t — оборудование 3. What is system software for?
to direct — управлять 4. What is an operating s y s t e m — system or applica
to conduct — проводить tion software?
i n t e r n a l — внутренний 5. What is a driver?
control — управление 6. What is application software?
specific — конкретный, определенный 7. What are application software for?
general-purpose — многоцелевой 8. What is the tendency in application software mar
a i d — помощь ket in recent years?
regard — отношение 9. What is the application of the communication soft
r e g a r d l e s s — безотносительно, несмотря на ware?
m e m o r y c a p a c i t y — вместимость памяти
to i n s t a l l — устанавливать, встраивать, инсталлиро Задание 16.4. Ч т о из н и ж е п е р е ч и с л е н н о г о являет
вать ся программным обеспечением?
to transfer — переводить, переносить 1) Program
to provide w i t h — обеспечивать чем-либо 2) Mouse
to s e c u r e — обеспечивать безопасность 3) CPU
176 177
/
4) Word processor Задание 16.6. Н а й д и т е э к в и в а л е н т ы в тексте:

5) Modem 1. Программное обеспечение определяет порядок
6) Web-browser выполнения операций.
7) Operating system 2, Прикладные программы выполняют поставлен
8) Scanner ную вами конкретную задачу (удовлетворяют вашу по
9) Developer требность).
10) Equipment / 3. Этот класс программ самый многочисленный и
перспективный с точки зрения маркетинга.
Задание 16.5. К а к и е из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер
4. Системные программы предназначены д л я кон
кретных устройств компьютерной системы.
вет, о п и р а я с ь на текст.
5. Устанавливая драйвер, вы «учите» систему «по
1. Computer programs only instruct the hardware how
to handle data storage. нимать» вновь присоединенное устройство.
2. System software controls internal computer activ 6. Когда компьютер впервые включается, одна из
ities. системных программ д о л ж н а быть загружена в его па
3. System software is very dependable on the type of мять.
application software being used. 7. Развитие систем электронной коммуникации за
4. The information about memory capacity, t h e model последние пять лет стимулировала много к производ
of the processor and disk drives is unavailable fbr sys ству соответствующих программных продуктов возра
tem software. стающим числом компаний-разработчиков.
5. The driver is a special device usually used by car
drivers for floppy-disk driving. Задание 16.7. Д а й т е о п р е д е л е н и е , и с п о л ь з у я сло
6. It is very reasonable to ask for a driver when you
варь:
buy a new piece of hardware.
1) Software
7. Software developers tend to make their products
2) Driver
very small and w i t h poor interface to save computer
resources. 3) Application software
8. Communication software is of great need now be 4) Operating s y s t e m
cause of the new advances in communication technolo 5) Communication software
gies. 6) Computer
9. Application software is merely a general-purpose 7) Peripheral device
instrument. 8) Operating s y s t e m
1 0 . Web-browsers is the class of software for electronic
communication through the network.
178 179
Урок 16
t i m e t h e DOS developers release a new version, t h e y

Operating s y s t e m s
increase the version number.
When computers were first introduced in the 1 9 4 0 " s W i n d o w s NT (new technology) is an operating s y s t e m
and 5 0 " s , every program written had to provide instruc developed by Microsoft. NT is an e n h a n c e d version of
tions that told the computer how to use devices such as t h e popular Microsoft Windows 3.0, 3.1 programs. NT
the printer, how to store information on a disk, as well requires a 3 8 6 or greater and 8 Mb of RAM. For the best
NT performance, y o u have to u s e a 4 8 6 with about 16
as how to perform several other tasks not necessarily
Mb or higher. Unlike the-Windows, which runs on t o p
related to the program. The additional program instruc
o f D O S , W i n d o w s N T i s a n operating s y s t e m itself.
tions for working with hardware devices were very com
However, NT is DOS c o m p a t i b l e . The advantage of u s i n g
p l e x , and time-consuming. Programmers soon r e a l i z e d NT over Windows is that NT makes better use of the
it would be s m a r t e r to develop one program that could PC's memory management capabilities.
control the computer's hardware, which others programs O S / 2 is a PC operating system created by IBM. Like
could have used when they needed it. With that, the NT, OS/2 is DOS compatible and provides a graphical
first operating system was born. user interface that lets you run programs w i t h a click
Today, operating systems control and manage the use of a m o u s e . Also like NT, O S / 2 performs best when you
of hardware devices such as the printer or mouse. They are u s i n g a powerful system.
M a n y IBM-based PCs are shipped w i t h OS/2
also provide disk management by letting you store infor
preinstalled.
mation in files. The operating s y s t e m also lets you run
U N I X is a multi-user operating system t h a t allows
programs such as the basic word processor. Lastly, the
multiple users to a c c e s s the system. Traditionally, U N I X
operating s y s t e m provides several of i t s own commands w a s run on a larger mini computers to which users ac
that help you to use the computer. cessed the s y s t e m s using terminals and not PC's. U N I X
DOS is the most commonly used PC operating system. a l l o w e d each user to s i m u l t a n e o u s l y run the programs
DOS is an abbreviation for disk operating system. DOS t h e y desired. Unlike NT and OS/2, U N I X is not DOS
was developed by, a company named Microsoft. MS-DOS compatible. Most users would not purchase U N I X for
is an abbreviation for «Microsoft DOS». When IBM first their own use.
released the IBM PC in 1 9 8 1 , IBM licensed DOS from W i n d o w s 95 & 98 are the most popular user-oriented
o p e r a t i n g s y s t e m s w i t h a f r i e n d l y i n t e r f a c e and
Microsoft for use on the PC and called it PC-DOS. From
multitasking capabilities. The usage of Windows 95 and
the users perspective, PC-DOS and MS-DOS are the same,
i t s enhanced version Windows 98 is so simple that even
each providing the same capabilities and commands. little kids learn how to use it very quickly. Windows 95
The v e r s i o n of DOS release in 1 9 8 1 was 1.0. Over the and 98 are DOS compatible, so all programs written for
past decade, DOS has undergone several changes. Each
180 181
DOS may work under the new operating system. Win 5. What company developed t h e first version of DOS
dows 95 requires 4 8 6 with 16 megabytes of RAM or operating system? For what purpose? W a s the new oper
Pentium 7 5 - 9 0 with 40 megabytes of free hard disk space. ational s y s t e m successful?
6. What is the difference between the PC-DOS and
Working vocabulary: MS-DOS?
7. What does the abbreviation NT stand for? Is it
c o m p l e x — сложный DOS-compatible? W h a t are the basic requirements for
to c o n s u m e — потреблять NT?
c o n s u m e r — потребитель 8. Who is the developer of OS/2?
t o realize — о с о з н а т ь 9. What makes U N I X so different from the other op
s m a r t — умный, умно erational systems?
v e r s i o n — версия 10. What are the remarkable features of Windows 95?
decade — декада, десят
Задание 16.8< З а п о л н и т е п р о п у с к и :
to e n h a n c e — расширять, увеличивать
1. Like NT, ... is DOS compatible and provides a graph
t o p — верх, вершина
ical user interface that lets you run programs with a
on t o p of D O S — «сверху», на основе ДОС
click of a mouse.
c o m p a t i b l e — совместимый
2. ... is t h e most commonly u s e d PC operating system
w i t h a c l i c k of a m o u s e — одним нажатием кнопки 3. ... is a multi-user operating s y s t e m that allows mul
мыши tiple users to access the s y s t e m
a c c e s s — доступ 4. ... is an operating s y s t e m developed by Microsoft,
to a l l o w — позволять an enhanced version of the popular Microsoft Windows
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y — одновременно programs.
to desire — желать 5. The usage of... is so simple that even little kids
learn how to u s e it very quickly.
General understanding (общее понимание текста):
a) U N I X
1. What problems faced programmers in the 1 9 4 0 ' s
b) DOS
and 1950's?
c) NT
2. Why first programs were «complex* and «time-
d) OS/2
consuming*?
e) Windows 95
3: What are the basic functions of operating s y s t e m ?
4. What does DOS abbreviation means?
182 183
Урок 16
Задание 16.9. Какие из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер 4. Дополнительные программы д л я работы с уст

ж д е н и й верны/неверны? Аргументируйте с в о й от ройствами системного оборудования были очень слож
вет, о п и р а я с ь на текст. ны и поглощали много времени.
1. When computers were first introduced in 4 0 ' s and 5. Операционная система также позволяет запускать
5 0 ' s programmers had to write programs to i n s t r u c t программы, такие как простейший текстовый редактор.
CD-ROMs, laser printers and scanners. 6. DOS — наиболее распространенная операционная
2. The operational system controls and manages the система д л я персонального компьютера.
use of the hardware and the memory usage.
3. There are no commands available in operating sys
tems, only word processors.
4. Microsoft developed MS-DOS to compete w i t h IBM's
PC-DOS.
5. NT requires computers with 4 8 6 CPU and 16 M
random access memory.
6. OS/2 is DOS compatible because it was developed
by Microsoft.
7. Traditionally, UNIX was run by many users simul
taneously
8. Windows 95 and Windows 98 are DOS compatible
and have very «friendly* and convenient interface.
Задание 16.10. Н а й д и т е эквиваленты в тексте:

1. Современная операционные системы контроли
руют использование системного оборудования, напри
мер, принтера и мыши.
2. С точки зрения пользователя, операционные си
стемы PC-DOS и MS-DOS идентичны, с равными воз
можностями и набором системных команд.
3. OS/2 — DOS совместимая операционная система,
позволяющая запускать программы при помощи гра
фического интерфейса пользователя.
184
Урок 17
and World Wide Web through t h e local providers have

access to a variety of information. Each browser provides
УРОК 1 7 a graphical interface. You m o v e from place to place,
from site to site on the Web by u s i n g a mouse to click on
a portion of t e x t , icon or region of a map. These i t e m s
are called h y p e r l i n k s or l i n k s . Each link y o u select
INTRODUCTION TO THE WWW
represents a document, an image, a video clip or an audio
AND THE INTERNET
file somewhere on the Internet. The user doesn't need to
know where it is, the browser follows the link.
Millions of people around the world use the Internet,
to search for and retrieve information on all sorts of All sorts of t h i n g s are available on the W W W . One
topics in a wide v a r i e t y of areas i n c l u d i n g the arts, can u s e Internet for recreational purposes. Many TV
business, government, humanities, news, politics and and radio s t a t i o n s b r o a d c a s t l i v e on the W W W .
recreation. People communicate through electronic mail Essentially, if something can be put into digital format
(e-mail), discussion groups, chat channels and other means and stored in a computer, t h e n i t ' s available on t h e
of informational exchange. They s h a r e information and W W W . You can even v i s i t m u s e u m s , gardens, cities
make commercial and b u s i n e s s t r a n s a c t i o n s . All this throughout the world, learn foreign languages and meet
activity is possible because tens of thousands of n e t w o r k s new friends. And of course you can play computer games
are connected to the Internet and exchange information through W W W , c o m p e t i n g w i t h partners from other
in the same basic ways. countries and continents.
The World Wide W e b (WWW) is a part of the Inter J u s t a little bit of exploring t h e World Wide Web
net. But i t ' s not a collection of networks. Rather, it is will show you what a much of u s e and fun it i s .
information that is connected or linked together like a
web. You a c c e s s this information through one interface Working vocabulary:
or tool called a Web browser. The number of resources r e t r i e v e — извлекать
and services that are part of the World Wide Web is v a r i e t y — спектр
growing extremely fast. In 1 9 9 6 there were more than h u m a n i t i e s — гуманитарные науки
20 million users of the W W W , and more than half the r e c r e a t i o n — развлечение
information that is transferred across the Internet is s h a r e — делить
accessed t h r o u g h t h e W W W . By u s i n g a c o m p u t e r n e t w o r k — сеть
terminal (hardware) connected to a network that is a b u s i n e s s t r a n s a c t i o n — коммерческие операции
part of the Internet, and by using a program (software) w e b — паутина
to browse or retrieve information that is a part of the browser — броузер (программа поиска информации)
World Wide Web, the people connected to the Internet a c c e s s — доступ
186 187
to provide — обеспечивать чем-либо 6. You need a computer (hardware) and a special pro
provider — провайдер (компания, предоставляющая gram (software) to be a W W W user.
доступ к W W W через местные телефонные сети) 7. You move from site to site by clicking on a portion
b r o a d c a s t l i v e — передавать в прямом эфире of t e x t only.
to link — соединять
8. Every t i m e the user wants to move somewhere on
hyperlink — гиперссылка
the web he/she needs to step by step enter l i n k s and
to c o m p e t e — соревноваться
addresses.
9. Films and pictures are not available on the Internet.
General understanding (Общее понимание текста):
1 0 . Radio and TV-broadcasting is a future of Inter
1. What is Internet used for? net. I t ' s not available yet.
2. Why so many activities such as e-mail and business
transactions are possible t h r o u g h the Internet? Задание 17.2. Д а й т е о п р е д е л е н и е , и с п о л ь з у я сло
3. What is World Wide Web? варь:
4. What is a Web browser? 1) Internet
5. What does user need to have an access to the W W W ? 2) World W i d e W e b
6. What are hyperlinks? 3) Web browser
7. What resources are available on the W W W ? 4) Internet provider
8. W h a t are t h e basic recreational a p p l i c a t i o n s of 5) Hyperlinks
WWW?
Задание 17.3. Н а й д и т е э к в и в а л е н т ы в тексте:
Задание 17.1. К а к и е из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер 1. Объем ресурсов и услуг, которые являются час
ж д е н и й верны / н е в е р н ы ? Аргументируйте с в о й от тью W W W , растет чрезвычайно быстро.
вет, опираясь на текст. 2. К а ж д а я ссылка, выбранная вами, представляет
1. There are still not so many users of the Internet. документ, графическое изображение, видеоклип или
2. There is information on all sorts of topics on the аудио-файл где-то в Интернет.
Internet, including education and weather forecast. 3. Интернет может быть также использован д л я це
3. People can communicate through e-mail and chat лей развлечения.
programs only.
4. Вы получаете доступ к ресурсам Интернет через
4. Internet is t e n s of thousands of networks which
интерфейс или инструмент, который называется веб-
exchange the information in t h e same basic way.
броузер.
5. You can access information available on the World
5. Вся эта деятельность возможна благодаря десят
Wide Web through the W e b browser.
кам тысяч компьютерных сетей, подключенных к Ин-
188 189
тернету и обменивающихся информацией в одном ре

жиме.
6. Пользователи общаются через электронную по
чту, дискуссионные группы, чэт-каналы (многока ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ 1
нальный разговор в реальном времени) и другие сред
ства информационного обмена.
Задание 17.4. З а п о л н и т е пропуски:

1. You access the information through one interface
or tool called a ... .
2. People connected to the W W W through the local
ТЕКСТЫ
... have access to a variety of information.
3. The user doesn't need to know where the site is,
ДЛЯ
the ... follows the... . ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНОГО
4. In 1 9 9 6 there were more than 20 million users of
the... . ЧТЕНИЯ
5. Each ... provides a graphical interface.
6. Local ... charge money for their services to access (Oral Topics)
... resources.
Words to match with:
1) web browser, providers, link, WWW.

I n s t i t u t e n e x t year and I hope her first attempt will be

successful. I'm sure she will make a good doctor.
I often meet my friends. We talk about our school life
and our schoolmates. I like to spend my free time with
my friends.
MY BEST FRIENDS
Words
friendship — дружба
Friendship plays a very important role in our life.
i m p o r t a n t — важный
People usually make friends when they go to the same
s a m e — тот же
school, work together or live nearby. It's difficult to
nearby — поблизости
explain how two quite different persons make friends.
difficult — трудно
You can have a lot of acquaintances but only a few true
to e x p l a i n — объяснять
friends. It depends on many things. Among them are
q u i t e — совсем, почти
age, social status, mutual interests and sometimes personal
a l o t of — много
qualities. It is easier to make friends with persons who
an a c q u a i n t a n c e — знакомый
are much alike you, though sometimes these factors are
t r u e — настоящий
of no importance.
to depend on — зависеть от
Now I want to tell you about people whom I consider
a m o n g — среди
to be my friends. One of them is Nick. He is an old
a g e — возраст
friend of mine. We went to the first form together because
s o c i a l s t a t u s — социальное положение
he lived next door to me. Now he is a tall young man
m u t u a l — общий
with dark hair, blue eyes and oval face. He is rather
p e r s o n — лицо, человек
strong and well-built because he is a sportsman. He played
alike — похожий
volleyball well in our school team.
t h o u g h — хотя
He is going to enter the Mathematical faculty of the
f a c t o r — фактор
University this year. He was always strong in mathematics
i m p o r t a n c e — важность
and he helped me very often w i t h my home, t a s k s . I
to c o n s i d e r — считать
think he will be able to pass his entrance examinations
t a l l — высокий
and become a student.
r a t h e r — довольно
My another best friend is Marina. She is a very pretty
to e n t e r — поступать
girl. She has big blue eyes, fair hair and a nice smile.
attempt — попытка
She is a schoolgirl now. She studies well and she wants
s u c c e s s f u l — успешный
to become a doctor. She will try to enter the Medical
7. За*. 832
193
192
Английский язык Приложение 1
Questions
1. How important is friendship in our life?

2. When do people usually make friends?
3. What does true friendship depend on?
4. How did you get acquainted with your friends?
5. How does your friend look like? SPORTS
6. Do you think that t h e appearance of your friend
plays an important role in friendship?
7. How often do you meet with your friends? Sport is very popular among people in all the coun
8. Do you have any classmates whom you consider to tries of the world. Sport makes people healthy, keeps
be your friends? them fit, more organised and better disciplined. It unites
people of different classes and nationalities. Many peo
ple do sports on their personal initiative. They go in for
skiing, skating, table tennis, swimming, volleyball, foot
ball, basketball, body-building etc.
All necessary facilities are provided for them: stadi
ums, sport swimming-pools, skating-rinks, football fields.
But, of course, one have to pay for these services.
Sport is paid much attention to in our schools and
colleges. Physical training is a compulsory subject. Dif
ferent sports and games are popular with my classmates.
All my friends go in for different kinds of sport, such as
water sports (that is swimming, sailing, rowing),
gymnastics, horse-racing, wrestling, fencing,
weightlifting, boxing, football, basketball, volleyball etc.
Physical training lessons at our college are held out-
of-doors in summer. When it is cold outside the lessons
are held indoors in our college gymnasium.
Professional sport is also paid much attention to in
our country. In the city where I live, there are different
sport societies, clubs and sport schools. Practically all
kinds of sports are popular in our country, but gymnas
tics and tennis enjoy the greatest popularity.
7* 195
3. W h a t kind of sports are popular w i t h y o u r friends?

The most popular kinds of sports in the United States
4. Do you have to pay for sports facilities, s u c h as
are baseball, basketball and American football. In Eng
land popular kinds of sports are golf and rugby. English stadiums, s w i m m i n g pools and tennis courts?
5. What can y o u s a y about physical training l e s s o n s
men like football too. It is their national kind of sports.
at your college?
Words 6. What kinds of sport are most popular in o u r coun
all o v e r t h e world — во всем мире try?
to be fond of — зд. любить • 7. What are the sports organisations in our country?
h e a l t h y — здоровый 8. W h a t are the most popular kinds of sport in Amer
to be fit — быть в форме
ica and England?
p e r s o n a l i n i t i a t i v e — личная инициатива
9. W h a t o t h e r American or English kinds s p o r t s do
s k i i n g — лыжный спорт y o u know?
s k a t i n g — коньки
1 0 . Are American football and baseball popular in
body-building — культуризм
Russia? W h y and w h y not?
f a c i l i t i e s — помещения, оборудование
swimming-pool — плавательный бассейн
skating-rink — каток
a t t e n t i o n — внимание
c o m p u l s o r y — обязательный
s a i l i n g — парусный спорт
r o w i n g — гребля
wrestling — борьба
f e n c i n g — фехтование
w e i g h t l i f t i n g — штанга
out-of-doors — на воздухе
i n d o o r s — в помещении
sport s o c i e t i e s — спортивные общества
Questions
1. Why do people all over the world are fond of sports

and games?
2. What are summer sports and what are winter sports?
196
Words
to be fond of — любить что-либо
means of travelling — способы путешествия
far quicker — гораздо быстрее
TRAVELLING d u s t — пыль
dirt — грязь
trouble — беда, неприятность
Almost all people are fond of travelling. It is very combined — соединенный с чем-либо
interesting to see new places, another towns and countries. splendid — великолепный
People may travel either for pleasure or on business. country-side — сельская местность
There are various means of travelling. As for me there sleeper — спальный вагон
is nothing like travelling by air; it is more comfortable, to afford — позволять себе
more convenient and, of course, far quicker than any deck of the ship — палуба корабля
other means of travelling. There is no dust and dirt of a fresh sea wind — свежий морской ветер
railway or car journey or troubles with changing from
one train to another train. Questions
With a train you have speed, comfort and pleasure 1. W h y do you think almost all people are fond of
combined. From t h e comfortable seat of a railway car travelling?
riage you have a splendid view of the whole country
2. W h a t are t h e methods of travelling?
side. If y o u are hungry, y o u c a n have a meal in t h e
3. What is y o u favourite method of travelling?
dining-car; and if a journey is a long one y o u can have a
4 . W h a t a r e t h e a d v a n t a g e s and d i s a d v a n t a g e s o f
comfortable bed in a sleeper.
travelling by air?
Travelling by ship is not very popular now. That is 5. W h a t are t h e a d v a n t a g e s and d i s a d v a n t a g e s of
because it has become very expensive and not many peo travelling by car, train and ship journey?
ple can afford it. Bu it is very pleasant to feel the deck
6. W h y do many people prefer to travel by car?
of the ship under your feet, to see the rise and fall of
the waves, to feel the fresh sea wind blowing in the
face.
Many people like to travel by car. It is interesting
too, because you can see many places in a short time,
you can stop when and where you like, you do not have
to buy tickets or carry your heavy suitcases.
199
198
are a lot of stadiums, swimming pools, c o u r t s and sport

grounds in Moscow.
There are a lot of big plants and factories in Moscow
MOSCOW that produce cars, lorries, home electrical appliances and
so on.
Moscow, the capital of Russia, is one of the largest Words

cities in the world. It was founded in 1147 by the prince
c a p i t a l — столица
Yuri Dolgoruky. It stands on t h e banks of the Moskva prince — князь
river. About eight million people live in the city. b a n k — берег
Moscow is famous for i t s historical and architectural m o n u m e n t — памятник
monuments that were built by outstanding architects. o u t s t a n d i n g — выдающийся
The Red Square is the central and the most beautiful a r c h i t e c t — архитектор
square in Moscow. It is the place of parades, meetings c a t h e d r a l — собор
and demonstrations. There is a Cathedral of St. Basil m a s t e r p i e c e — шедевр
built in 1 5 5 2 . It is a masterpiece of Russian architecture. e n s e m b l e — ансамбль
The heart of Moscow is the Kremlin. There is a won p a l a c e — дворец
4
derful architectural ensemble w i t h 3 cathedrals, t h e Bell f o r t r e s s — крепость
Tower of Ivan the Great, palaces, fortress walls and 20 Bell T o w e r — колокольня
towers. The most famous of the towers is the Spasskaya dome — купол
Tower with a big clock. The Kremlin with golden domes s k y s c r a p e r — небоскреб
and towers makes a strong impression on tourists. M i n i s t r y of F o r e i g n Affairs — министерство иност
Several skyscrapers decorate Moscow, including Mos ранных дел
cow University and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. s c i e n t i f i c — научный
v a s t — обширный
Moscow is a scientific and cultural centre with a lot
of institutes, universities, libraries, museums. The city
Questions
leads a v a s t cultural life. It has a lot of cinemas, clubs,
concert halls, more than 40 drama and musical theatres, 1. When was Moscow founded?
including the Bolshoi Theatre, the Art Theatre, the Maly 2. W h o founded Moscow?
Theatre, the Vakhtangov Theatre. 3. What is Moscow famous for besides t h a t it is the
Moscovites are proud of their museums; the Tretyakov capital of Russian Federation?
4. What are the places of interest in Moscow?
Gallery, Pushkin Museum of Fine Arts and many lit
5. W h a t are the world-famous theatres of Moscow?
erary museums. Crowds of people visit Tretyakov Gallery
6. What are the most famous museums of Moscow?
admiring beautiful pictures of Russian painters. There
200 201
Words
A s s u m p t i o n Cathedral — Успенский собор
A n n u n c i a t i o n Cathedral — Благовещенский собор
THE KREMLIN F a c e t e d P a l a c e — Грановитая палата
A r m o u r y C h a m b e r — Оружейная палата
B e l l T o w e r — колокольня
The Kremlin is the heart of Moscow. It is the oldest
historical and architectural centre of Moscow. Questions
First it was a wooden fortress. Under Dmitry Donskoy •1. W h e n were the red walls constructed?
the Kremlin was built of white stone. During the reign 2 . W h e r e w e r e t h e R u s s i a n Tsars and E m p e r o r s
of Ivan III the walls of white stone were replaced by crowned?
new red brick walls and towers. The Tsar invited Italian 3. Which Cathedral is connected with Andrey Rublev?
architects to construct the cathedrals. The Assumption 4. W h a t is Annunciation Cathedral famous for?
Cathedral was built in 1 4 7 5 - 1 4 7 9 and all Russian Tsars 5. What is exhibited in the Armoury Chamber?
and E m p e r o r s w e r e crowned t h e r e . The A r c h a n g e l
Cathedral was the burial place of the Russian Princes
and Tsars. The Annunciation Cathedral was built in 1 4 8 4 .
It is famous for the icons painted by Andrey Rublev and
his apprentices.
Ivan the Great is the Bell Tower, one of the most
remarkable structures of the 16-th century. It rises in
the centre of t h e Kremlin. It unites all the Kremlin
Cathedrals into a majestic ensemble.
On the stone pedestal at the foot of the Bell Tower
there is a Tsar-Bell — the largest bell in the world. N o t
far from it one can see a Tsar-Cannon.
Another fine example of Russian architecture is the
Faceted Palace. It was built in 1 4 8 7 - 9 1 .
One of the well-known Kremlin museums is the Ar
moury Chamber. It was built in 1 8 5 1 . The famous gold
en cap of Monomach, the first Russian imperial crown
of Catherine II, made of gilt silver and many other pre
cious historical items are exhibited there.
202
Английский язык Приложение I
S t a t e D u m a and the Council of Federation are the legis

lative branch of the government.
The capital of Russia is Moscow. It is the largest po
RUSSIA litical, cultural and industrial centre. It is one of the
oldest R u s s i a n cities.
The national banner of Russia is a tricolour with white,
I live in Russia. Russia is my native country. The blue and red stripes.
Russian Federation is the largest country in the world.
It occupies one seventh of the Earth's surface. It is situat Words
ed both in Europe and Asia. The total area is about n a t i v e c o u n t r y — страна рождения, Родина
17 million square kilometres. The country is washed by to o c c u p y — занимать
12 seas and 3 oceans: the Pacific, the Arctic and the s u r f a c e — поверхность
Atlantic oceans. Our neighbours in the south are China, h i g h l a n d s — возвышенности
Mongolia, Korea, Kazakhstan, Georgia and Azerbaijan. to flow — течь
In the w e s t we h a v e borders with Norway, Finland, v a s t — обширный
Belarus and the Ukraine. There is no country in the copper — медь
world like Russia, with the steppes in the south, plains l e g i s l a t i v e branch — законодательная ветвь (власти)
and forests in the midland, tundra and taiga in. the north, n a t i o n a l b a n n e r — государственный флаг
highlands and deserts in the east. There is a great number s t r i p e s — полосы
of rivers in Russia. The Volga, the longest in Europe
river, flows into the Caspian Sea. The main Siberian Questions
rivers — the Ob', the Yenisey and the Lena flow from
1. What is the size of Russia?
the south to the north. The Amur in the Far East flows
2. What oceans is Russia washed by?
into the Pacific ocean. The deepest lake in the world is
3. What are t h e neighbouring countries of Russia?
Baikal. The water in the lake is so clear, that you can
4. What are the main rivers of Russia?
see the stones on the bottom.
5. What are the natural resources of Russia?
Because of the vast territory there are various types 6. What does the national banner of Russia look like?
of climate in the country. The climate varies greatly in
different regions.
Russia is very rich in oil, coal, iron ore, natural gas,
copper, nickel and other mineral resources.
Russia is a parliamentary republic with the strong
power of the President who is the head of the state. The
204 205
Приложение I
boat-race between the teams of Oxford and Cambridge

attracts large crowds of people.
A great number of people play and watch tennis. Ten
nis tournaments at Wimbledon are known all over the
world. The innumerable tennis courts of Britain are oc
SPORTS IN GREAT BRITAIN cupied by people between t h e ages of 16 and 60 who
show every degree of skill — from practically helpless to
the extremely able.
The British are known to be great sports-lovers, so The British also like to play golf, baseball, hockey,
when they are neither playing, nor watching games, grass-hockey. Various forms of athletics, such as run
they like to talk about them. Many of the games we play ning, swimming, boxing are also popular. You can some
now have come from Britain. times hear that there are no winter sports in England.
One of the most British games is cricket. It is often Of course t h e English weather is not always cold enough
played in schools, colleges, universities and by club teams to ski, skate, or toboggan, but winter is a good season for
all over the country. Summer i s n ' t summer w i t h o u t hunting and fishing.
cricket. To many Englishmen cricket is both a game and
a standard of behaviour. When they consider anything Words
unfair, they sometimes say «That isn't crickets-.
W e m b l e y — стадион Уэмбли в Лондоне
But as almost everywhere else in the world; the game t h e Derby — Дерби
which attracts the greatest attention is football, or soc W i m b l e d o n — Уимблдон
cer. Every Saturday from late A u g u s t till the beginning cricket — крикет
of May, large crowds of people support their favourite
unfair — нечестный, несправедливый
teams in football grounds. True fans will travel from
to a t t r a c t a t t e n t i o n — привлекать внимание
one end of the country to the other to see their team
crowd — толпа
play. International football matches take place at Wem
to support — поддерживать, болеть
bley.
football g r o u n d — футбольное поле
Rugby is also very popular, but it is played mainly by fan — болельщик
amateurs. N e x t to football, the chief spectator sport in a m a t e u r — любительский
British life is horse-racing. A lot of people are interest rugby football — регби
ed in the races and risk money on the horse which they
next to football — на следующем месте после футболе
think will win.. The Derby is perhaps the most famous
chief — главный, основной
single sporting event in the whole world.
s p e c t a t o r s p o r t — зрелищный вид спорта
Britain is also famous for motor-car racing, dog-rac r a c i n g — бега (конские, собачьи и пр.)
ing, boat-racing, and even races for donkeys. The famous
206
207
boat-race — гребные гонки

t o u r n a m e n t — турнир
i n n u m e r a b l e — бесчисленный
degree — степень, уровень
MY FAVOURITE WRITER
skill — умение
Arthur Conan Doyle
h e l p l e s s — беспомощный
e x t r e m e l y — чрезвычайно
able — умелый
I love reading English classical literature. But I am
-to t o b o g g a n — кататься на санях, санках especially fond of English detective and adventure sto
ries. I like A g a t h a Christie's books but my favourite
Questions author is Arthur Conan Doyle. I like him because his
1. Are the British fond of watching sport games? fiction is very realistic and helps me develop me thinking
2. What kind of sport is especially associated with and knowledge.
Britain? Arthur Conan Doyle was born in Scotland in the fam
3. What is cricket for an Englishman? ily of Irish. He was a doctor. In 1 8 8 2 he moved from
4. What is the most popular game in the world? Scotland to England to set up a practice. H i s medical
5. Where do the Cup finals take place? knowledge was a great help to him in his detective stories.
6. Is rugby played by professionals? Conan Doyle was one of the first writers who started
7. What kinds of racing are popular in Britain? the fashion of detective story. Today the fashion goes on
with the stories of other writers.
Conan Doyle created his famous character, Sherlock
Holmes, in 1 8 8 5 . S i x years later, when Conan Doyle wrote
some stories about this detective, the name of Sherlock
Holmes became the name that everybody knew. Sherlock
Holmes first appeared in a book called «Study in Scar
let* («Этюд в багровых тонах»). «The Adventures of
Sherlock Holmes* made him famous all over the world.
Conan Doyle was a famous writer. He became popular
because of his love for people.
Words
c l a s s i c a l l i t e r a t u r e — классическая литература
208 209
e s p e c i a l l y — особенно H i s father died when Sam w a s twelve years old, and

d e t e c t i v e s t o r y — детективный рассказ the boy had to work to support the family. All his life
a d v e n t u r e s t o r y — приключенческий рассказ Twain liked to read. He spent all his free time in libraries
to m o v e — переезжать and read t h e w o r k s of s u c h f a m o u s a u t h o r s as
Irish — ирландец Shakespeare, Dickens, Servantes, Voltaire and others.
to s e t up — основать Later he became a pilot of a steamship on the Mississippi.
f a s h i o n — мода There he learned much about men. H i s реп-nanie —
to go on — продолжаться Mark Twain — comes from that period of his life. It
to c r e a t e — создавать means «mark two*. Much later he became a journalist,
c h a r a c t e r — персонаж and then a famous writer known all over the world.
to a p p e a r — появляться There is much humour in most of Mark Twain's works.
But there is also social criticism and satire.
Questions
1. Where was Arthur Conan Doyle born? Words
2. What did he go to England for? founder — основатель
3. What helped him in writing detective stories? n o v e l — роман
4. What fashion did he start? pilot — лоцман
5. W h o were Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson? s t e a m s h i p — пароход
6. W h y are detective stories so popular today?
l e a r n e d — узнал
p e n - n a m e — псевдоним
Mark Twain to m e a n — означать
m a r k — отметка
I like to read very much. Best of all I like to read
detective stories, historical novels and books about adven
Questions
tures. That's why I prefer books by Fenimore Cooper,
Jack London, Agatha Christie and others. My favourite 1. What books by M. Twain have you read?
writer is Mark Twain. He was the founder of the realis 2. Did you like these books?
tic American novel of the present day. Mark Twain wrote 3. What was Mark Twain's real name?
such famous novels as «The Adventures of Tom Sawyer*, 4. W h y did y o u like Mark Twain's the books?
«The A d v e n t u r e s of Huckleberry Finn*, «The Prince 5. What other English writers do you know?
and the Pauper* and many others. He was also a great
short story writer.
Mark Twain's real name was Samuel Clemens. He was
born in 1 8 3 5 in a small village on the Mississippi River.
210 211
Words
right — право
duty — обязанность
secondary — зд. среднее
EDUCATION IN RUSSIA deep — глубокий
vocational school — профтехучилище
general — общий
to receive — получать
People in our country have the right for education.
It is our Constitutional right. But it is not only a right, training — обучение
it is a duty, too. Every boy and every girl in Russia higher — высшее
must go to school, that is, they must get a full secondary extra-mural — заочный
education. So, when they are 6 or 7 years old they begin opportunity — возможность
to go to school. There are thousands of schools in Russia.
There are schools of general education, where t h e pupils Questions
s t u d y R u s s i a n (or a n a t i v e l a n g u a g e ) , L i t e r a t u r e , 1. Is education in our country free?
Mathematics, History, Biology, Music, Arts, Foreign 2. Is education in Russia right or duty?
Languages. There is also a number of specialised schools, 3. What kind of schools are there in Russia?
where the pupils get deep knowledge of foreign languages, 4. What are the possible ways to continue education
or Maths, or Physics. after the finishing of the secondary school?
After finishing 9 classes of secondary school young 5. What are the main types of educational institutions
people can continue their education at different kinds in our country?
of vocational or technical schools or colleges. They not 6. What are the types of higher education institutions
only learn general subjects, but receive a speciality there. in Russia?
Having finished a secondary school, a technical school
or a college young people can start working, or they may
enter an Institute or a University. Professional training
makes it easier to get higher education. A s . f o r high
schools, there are a lot of them in our country. Some of
them train teachers, others — doctors, engineers, archi
tects, actors and so on. Many institutes have evening
and extra-mural departments. That gives the students
an opportunity to study at an institute without leaving
their jobs.
212
213
Английский язык Приложение I
England. The most notable Public schools are Eton, Har

row, Winchester, Rugby.
Secondary education begins at 1 1 . The majority of
THE SYSTEM OF EDUCATION secondary schools are Comprehensive schools where boys
IN GREAT BRITAIN and girls study together. Besides, parents can take their
sons and daughters to Grammar schools or Secondary
Modern schools.
The system of education in any country is aimed at Grammar schools provide an academic course from 11
developing a personality for the good of the individual to 18. They prepare pupils for colleges and universities.
and society as a whole. Many children of working class families go to Modern
Pre-school education in England begins at the age of schools. They give a very limited education. Pupils get
3 or 4. Around half of the children at this age attend instruction in woodwork, metalwork, sewing, shorthand,
n u r s e r y s c h o o l s or p l a y g r o u p s m o s t l y o r g a n i s e d by typing and cooking. After finishing such a school a pu
p a r e n t s . Children of t h i s age need care as well as pil becomes an unskilled worker.
education. That's why kids play a lot, learn to listen The Comprehensive Schools have their own «Gram-
attentively and to behave. т а г school* classes and *Modern classes*
Compulsory primary education begins at the age of Every pupil has to choose a set of subjects to learn. If
five in England, Wales and Scotland and at four in North he takes up Art he will study English Literature, Music,
ern Ireland. Children start their school career in an Art, Drama and foreign languages. If he is good at exact
infant school. Lessons start at 9 a. m. and are over at and natural sciences, he will learn Science: Mathemat
4 p. m. They are taught «3 R's»: Reading, wRiting, i c s , Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Geography, Economics
aRithtnetic. Pupils have a lot of fun at school, drawing, and Technical Drawing.
reading, dancing or singing. The British government encourages careers education
When they are 7 pupils move to a junior school, which in the country. That's why secondary schools try to break
lasts four years till they are 1 1 . They study a lot of down the barriers between education and business. They
subjects: English, Mathematics, Science, History, Geogra set up close links with firms to allow their s t u d e n t s to
phy along with Technology, Music, Art and Physical take part in business activities.
education At around 16 years old teenagers take some exams and
Most of children (over 90 per cent) go to state schools coursework to get General Certificate of Education. Those
where education is free. Only a small proportion of them who choose to stay on at school usually study for two
attend private (Public) or independent schools. Parents further years to pass A level (Advanced level) exams.
have to pay for the education at these schools. The fees These exams will give them a chance to enter the
are high and only some families can afford it. So such university.
schools are for the representatives of the high class of
214 215
Words
to be a i m e d to — преследовать цель
рге-school — дошкольное
to a t t e n d — посещать UNIVERSITY EDUCATION
c o m p u l s o r y — обязательный
primary e d u c a t i o n — начальное образование
IN GREAT BRITAIN
infant school, n u r s e r y s c h o o l — подготовительная
школа; детский сад
junior s c h o o l — начальная школа There are more than 60 universities in Britain. But
s c i e n c e — естествознание n o t all universities are equal. They differ from one an
secondary e d u c a t i o n — среднее образование other in history, tradition, academic organisation. N o t
limited — ограниченный all British universities have a well-known reputation.
s e w i n g — шитье Oxford and Cambridge, the oldest universities, are world-
known for their academic excellence. The University of
s h o r t h a n d — стенография
London has the size and breadth to rank among the UK's
u n s k i l l e d — неквалифицированный
top universities. A university usually consists of colleges.
to e n c o u r a g e — поощрять
The d e p a r t m e n t s of t h e c o l l e g e s are o r g a n i s e d i n t o
link — связь
faculties.
Questions University teaching in the UK differs greatly at both

undergraduate and postgraduate levels from that in many
1. What is a system of education aimed to?
other countries. An undergraduate programme consists
2. When does the pre-school education in England
of a series of lectures, seminars, tutorials and laboratory
begin in England, Wales and North Ireland?
classes which in total account for about 15 hours per
3. When does the compulsory education begin in Eng
week.
land?
Following a particular programme students take se
4. What are «3R's» of the infant school?
ries of lecture courses which may last one academic term
5. What are the most famous Public schools in Eng
or t h e whole year. Associated w i t h each lecture course
land?
are seminars, tutorials, laboratory classes which illus
6. What are Grammar and Comprehensive schools?'
trate the topics presented in the lectures.
7. What are Modern schools?
Lectures are given to large groups of students (from
8. Are there compulsory subjects in UK?
20 to 2 0 0 ) . Seminars and tutorials are much smaller than
9. What exams must be taken to enter the University?
lecture classes and in some departments can be on a one-
to-one basis (one member of staff and one student).
216 217
Students prepare work in advance for seminars and a c c o u n t — счет

tutorials. And t h i s can take the form of a topic for dis f o l l o w i n g — следующие
cussion by writing essays or by solving problems. s e r i e s — зд. ряд
Lectures, seminars and tutorials are all one hour in p a r t i c u l a r — определенный, конкретный
length, laboratory classes last two or three hours. Each in a d v a n c e — заранее
student has a tutor whom he can consult on any matter staff — зд. профессорско-преподавательский состав
whether academic or personal. l e n g t h — длительность, протяженность
The academic year is split into three terms. Formal to l a s t — длиться
teaching takes place in the first two terms which last t u t o r — репетитор, наставник
for twenty four weeks in total. The third term is re to be s p l i t i n t o — делиться на
served for classes and examinations and lasts for six weeks. to e n c o u r a g e — поощрять, стимулировать
Universities teach in all major subject areas: arts, to g r a d u a t e — .оканчивать учебное заведение
science, law, engineering, medicine, social sciences. D e g r e e — степень
University staff are chosen for the best knowledge in B a c h e l o r of A r t s — бакалавр искусств
their subject. The teaching encourages students to learn B a c h e l o r of S c i e n c e — бакалавр наук
in the most effective way. U n i v e r s i t y degree courses M a s t e r ' s D e g r e e — степень магистра
extend from three to four years. After three years of-,, Doctor*sDegree — степень доктора
study at the University graduates will leave w i t h the
Degree of Bachelor of Arts or Science. They can continue Questions
to take their Master's Degree and then the D o c t o r ' s 1. How many universities are there in UK?
Degree.
2. W h a t are t h e two m o s t famous u n i v e r s i t i e s in
Britain?
Words 3. What are two levels in university teaching?
equal — равный 4. What are t h e forms of study in British universities?
b r e a d t h — широта 5. What areas do universities teachin?
rank — ранг 6. How many degrees do British universities offer?
u n d e r g r a d u a t e — студенческий уровень обучения
p o s t g r a d u a t e — аспирантский (магистерский) уро
вень обучения
l e v e l s — уровни
t u t o r i a l s — индивидуальные консультации с пре
подавателем
per w e e k — в неделю
218 219
different colours. He invented a reflecting telescope,

that was very small in diameter but magnified objects to
forty diameters. Newton developed a mathematical
method which is known as the Binomial Theorem and
1SAAK NEWTON also differential and integral calculus.
In 1 6 6 9 N e w t o n was appointed professor and began
lectures on. mathematics and optics at Cambridge and
The great English scientist Isaac Newton was born in continued his work on the problem of gravitation. In
the village of Woolthorpe, not far from the university 1 6 7 3 N e w t o n g a t h e r e d t o g e t h e r all h i s e a r l i e r
town Cambridge on December 2 5 , 1 6 4 2 . Little Isaac was c a l c u l a t i o n s and s u c c e e d e d i n c o m p l e t i n g h i s w h o l e
left to the care of his mother, grandmother and uncle t h e o r y . He e x a m i n e d the a t t r a c t i o n of one m a s s by
who sent him to school. In his early years y o u n g Isaac another. He showed that a massive sphere here attracts
made various things. He made a clock that worked by another as if the whole mass were in the centre. This
water. He also made a sun-dial. W h e n Isaac grew older, was of great importance it enabled N e w t o n to treat t h e
he took a considerable interest in mathematics. His ability problems of the sun, the moon and earth like problems
as mathematician and physicist was very important. His of geometry. He at last justified the method of treatment
first physical experiment was carried out when he was which he had first adopted for the problem of the Earth
sixteen years old. and Moon. The proof of his universe square law was not
On June 5, 1661 Newton entered the University of complete. He had demonstrated that the gravitation of
Cambridge where he studied mathematics. Soon he be the earth extends as far as the moon and keeps it in i t s
came famous for his contribution to mathematics by the orbit. He demonstrated that this pull is in accordance
time he was twenty-one. When N e w t o n was twenty-two w i t h the same law as that by which a stone falls to the
years old he began studying the theory of gravitation. ground, namely gravity. N e w t o n ' s great work «Elements
In 1665, while he was on a v i s i t in his native village, he of Natural Philosophy* was published only in the middle
saw an apple fall from a tree and began wondering what of 1 6 8 7 .
force made the apple fall.
Newton's law of universe squares joined in one simple
At Cambridge Newton read with great interest the mathematical statement the behaviour of the planets as
writings of Galileo, he knew the geometry of Descartes, well as 42 of bodies on this earth. It was the first synthesis
he worked out the methods of calculus, go when he be of physical knowledge. As such his contribution to science
gan to think «of gravity extending to the orbit of the is unique. Isaac N e w t o n died In 1 7 2 7 at the age of 8 5 .
moon* he immediately put this idea to the t e s t of calcu He was buried with honours as a national hero. It was
lation. Newton performed many experiments with light t h e first time that national honours of this kind had
and found that white light was made up of rays of been accorded in England to a man of science.
220
221
Words
I s a a c N e w t o n — Исаак Ньютон
Galileo — Галилео TRADITIONS
D e s c a r t e s — Декарт Рене, французский ученый,
1596-1650
OF ENGLISH SPEAKING COUNTRIES.
c a l c u l u s — исчисление HOUDAYS IN THE USA
to put s m t h , to t e s t — подвергнуть что-либо испы
танию, проверить
reflect — отражать Every country has i t s own holidays. They reflect the
Binomial T h e o r e m — бином Ньютона history of the country and i t s cultural and religious
t h e differential a n d i n t e g r a l c a l c u l u s — дифферен traditions. Some religious holidays are common in differ
циальное и интегральное исчисление ent countries. They are Christmas and Easter.
th
u n i v e r s e s q u a r e l a w — закон равенства действия и Americans celebrate Christmas on the 25 of Decem
противодействия ber. They buy a lot of presents for each other, for their
in accordance w i t h — в соответствии с parents, children and friends.
st
«Elements of N a t u r a l Philosophy* — «Математичес The N e w Year's day, the 1 of January is not so wide
кие начала натуральной философии» ly celebrated in the United S t a t e s as we do it in Russia.
the l a w of g r a v i t a t i o n — закон тяготения Of course, the most important holiday in America is
th
the 4 of July, The Independence Day. People like to
th
Questions watch colourful fireworks in t h e evening. The 4 of
1. Was Isaac Newton a bright child? J u l y is the day-off and people don't go to work.
2. When did Newton begin to study theory of gravita The holidays when people don't go to work are: Mar
th
tion? t i n Luther King's day on t h e 20 of January, Labour
th
3. What did Newton find about white light? Day on the 7 of September and Thanksgiving on the
4. How did Newton demonstrate his discovery? last Friday of November. On Thanksgiving Americans
5. What did Newton's law of universe square join? usually eat turkey. This holiday reminds the time when
6. Where was he buried? t h e first c o l o n i s t s (pilgrims) from England came to
America in 1 6 2 0 and could s u r v i v e in the unknown land.
There is still a big white stone on the shore in Plymouth
in Massachusetts, that the pilgrims landed on. It is called
•The Plymouth Rock*.
The 3 1 s t of October is the children's most favourite
holiday — Halloween. On t h i s day children, dressed in
222 223
funny dresses visit their neighbours and say «Trick or

treat!* and g e t sweets.
The rest of the holidays are usually on weekends. They
are: the Flag's Day, Mother's Day, Armed Forces Day.
Americans also celebrate Lincoln's birthday, Washing THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
ton's birthday, President's Day in February.
The 14th of February is Valentine's day or as it is
called «А11 Lovers Day*.
The United S t a t e s of America lies in the central part
of the North American Continent between the two oceans:
Words
the Atlantic Ocean in the East and the Pacific Ocean in
to reflect — отражать the West.
C h r i s t m a s — Рождество Canada in the North and Mexico in t h e South are the
E a s t e r — Пасха only countries that have borders with the USA.
widely c e l e b r a t e d — широко празднуется The USA c o n s i s t s of three separate parts. They are
day-off — выходной the Hawaiian Islands in the Pacific Ocean, Alaska and
fireworks — фейерверк the main part. There are fifty States in the U S A . They
turkey — индейка are very different in s i z e , population and economic
to remind — напоминать development. The smallest state is Rhode Island and the
to s u r v i v e — выживать biggest is Texas. The total area of the USA is about
9 million square kilometres. The population is about
Questions 230 million people.
1. What do the holidays reflect? The USA is a big country and the climate conditions
2. When do Americans celebrate Christmas? are very different in different places.
at
3. Is l of January widely celebrated? There are many big cities in the United S t a t e s : New
4. What is the most important holiday in USA? York, Philadelphia, Houston, Chicago, Detroit, Los An
5. What are the holidays when people stay off work? geles are the biggest of them.
6. What is and where is Plymouth Rock? The USA economically is t h e most powerful country
7. What's children most favourite holiday? in the world.
The USA is a parliamentary republic. The government
has three branches: the Congress, the President and the
Supreme Court.
There are t w o political parties in the United States:
the Democratic Party, their Symbol is a donkey, and the
224 8. За*. B3Z 225

Republican Party, their symbol is an elephant. The pres

ident is elected for a 4-year term and not more than two
times.
The Congress has two houses; the Senate and the House
of Representatives. The Supreme Court is the highest WASHINGTON, D . C
court in the country.
Words Washington, t h e capital of the U n i t e d S t a t e s is situ

borders — границы separate — отдельные ated on the Potomac River in the District of Columbia.
c l i m a t e c o n d i t i o n s — климатические условия The district is a piece of land which does not belong to
parliamentary republic — парламентская республика any one state but to all the S t a t e s . The district is named
b r a n c h e s — ветви in honour of Christopher Columbus, the discoverer of
donkey — осел America. It is very i n t e r e s t i n g that Americans never
term — срок say simply «Washington*. They always add «D.C.» as
H o u s e of R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s — палата представителей the indication of the location. It is important because
S u p r e m e Court — Верховный суд there .are many towns with t h e same name all over the
country and even one large state in far north-west.
Questiqns W a s h i n g t o n was founded in 1791 as the capital of the
1. What is the size of the United States? U n i t e d States of America. W a s h i n g t o n is quite a new
city. The population of the c i t y is nearly one million
2. What is the smallest state in the United States?
people. It is not a very large city, but it is very important
3. What is the largest state in US?
as the capital of the USA. There is a law in W a s h i n g t o n
4. What are the biggest cities of the Unites States?
against building structures higher than the Capitol.
5. What are the three branches of the US government?
6. What is the political system of the United States? W a s h i n g t o n has many historical places. The largest
and tallest is the Capitol, where the Congress meets. It
is a very beautiful building w i t h white marble columns.
N o t far from the Capitol is the Library of Congress. It
holds five million books.
The W h i t e House, the residence of the president is
the oldest public structure in the capital and one of the
most beautiful. It was built in 1 7 9 9 . It is a t w o storied
w h i t e b u i l d i n g . N o t far f r o m t h e C a p i t o l i s t h e
W a s h i n g t o n Monument, w h i c h looks like a, v e r y big
226 8"
227
Приложение I
pencil. I t r i s e s 1 6 0 m e t r e s and i t i s e m p t y i n s i d e .
A special lift brings visitors to the top in 70 seconds,
from where they can enjoy the view of the city.
The Jefferson Memorial was built in memory of the
third President of the U S A Thomas Jefferson, who was NEW YORK
also t h e author of the Declaration of Independence. The
Memorial is surrounded by cherry trees.
The Lincoln Memorial is devoted to the memory of N e w York, one of the largest cities in the world, was
the sixteenth President of the USA, the author of the founded three hundred years ago in the mouth of the
Emancipation Proclamation, which gave freedom to Negro Hudson River.
slaves in America. The centre of New York is Manhattan Island. In 1 6 2 6
it was bought from the Indians for a sum of twenty-four
Words dollars. Today Manhattan is the centre of business and
District of Columbia — округ Колумбия commercial life of the country. There are many skyscrap
piece of l a n d — участок земли ers, banks and offices of American businessmen in Man
nearly — около, приблизительно h a t t a n . Broadway b e g i n s here, t h e Stock Exchange is
marble — мраморные located here. Very few people live in Manhattan, although
t w o storied — двухэтажный the majority work here. Numerous bridges link Manhat
tan Island with t h e other parts of N e w York.
D e c l a r a t i o n of I n d e p e n d e n c e — декларация незави
симости New York is inhabited by people of almost all nation
alities. It is even called •Modern Babylon*. At the turn
Questions of the 20-th century a lot of people came to t h e U S A
from different countries of the world. They entered the
1. When was Washington, D.C. founded?
U S A through New York — the Gateway of America.
2. Where is Washington situated?
N e w York is one of the leading manufacturing cities
3. What state does the District of Columbia belong to?
in the world. The most important branches of industry
4. What are the most important places of interest in
are t h o s e , producing paper products, v e h i c l e s , g l a s s ,
Washington?
chemicals, machinery. The city traffic is very busy.
5. What is the nickname of the Washington memorial?
6. W h a t is t h e design of the Lincoln memorial?
Words
7. What is the population of Washington?
8. Are there any specific laws about building of the m o u t h — устье
structures in Washington, D . C ? S t o c k E x c h a n g e — Нью-Йоркская фондовая биржа
majority — большинство
228 229
n u m e r o u s — многочисленный
to link — соединять
to i n h a b i t — населять
Babylon — Вавилон
vehicles — средства передвижения (автомобили и т. п.) THE PROTECTION OF NATURE
g a t e w a y — ворота
s k y s c r a p e r s — небоскребы
b r a n c h e s of industry — отрасли промышленности Since aneient t i m e s Nature was t h e source of people's
c i t y traffic — городской транспорт life. For t h o u s a n d s of years people lived in harmony
with environment and they thought that natural riches
Questions were unlimited. The development of civilisation increased
1. When was New York founded? man's harmful interference in nature.
2. What was the price of Manhattan Island in 1626? Large cities w i t h thousands of smoky industrial en
3. What is Manhattan today? terprises pollute t h e air we breathe and the water we
4. Do many people live in Manhattan? drink. Every year world industry pollutes the atmosphere
5. What is Broadway famous for? w i t h about 1 0 0 0 million tons of dust and other harmful
6. Why is New York called « Modern Babylon*? substances. Many cities suffer from smog. Beautiful old
7. What are the most important branches of industry forests disappear forever. Their disappearance upsets the
in New York? o x y g e n balance. As a result some rare species of animals,
birds, fish and plants disappear forever, a number of
lakes and rivers dry up.
The pollution of air and destruction of the ozone layer
are the results of man's attitude towards Nature.
The protection of the environment is a universal con
cern. We must be very active to create a serious system
of ecological security.
Words
a n c i e n t — древний
s o u r c e — источник
n a t u r a l r i c h e s — природные богатства
to i n c r e a s e — увеличиваться
h a r m f u l i n t e r f e r e n c e — вредное воздействие
230 231
industrial e n t e r p r i s e s — промышленные предпри

ятия
to p o l l u t e — загрязнять
s u b s t a n c e s — вещества
ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ 2
suffer — мучаться
to u p s e t — зд. нарушать
rare — редкий
to dry up — высыхать
ozone l a y e r — озоновый слой
a t t i t u d e — отношение Additional texts
for reading
u n i v e r s a l c o n c e r n — всеобщая забота
Дополнительные
Questions
1. What is the main reason of ecological problems?
2. What are the main ecological problems?
3. W h y should the ecological problems should be тексты для чтения
universal concern?
4. What steps are taken to fight ecological problems
f a i l u r e — неудача
to s i g h — вздыхать
Emily ['emili] — Эмилия
SHORT STORIES h o p e l e s s l y — безнадежно
d a r l i n g — дорогой, -ая
I've g o t to... — мне нужно
At t h e S h o p
An Unexpected Answer
MOTHER: I sent my little boy for two pounds of apples
and you sent only a pound and a half. TEACHER: What do elephants have that no other animals
SHOPKEEPER: My scales are all right, madam. Have have?
you weighed your little boy? PUPIL: Little elephants.
a shopkeeper — лавочник u n e x p e c t e d — неожиданный

a pound — фунт (англ. мера веса = 454 г) an e l e p h a n t — слон
s c a l e s — весы
to w e i g h [wei] — взвешивать Sleeping In Summer
The teacher told the pupils about the bear sleeping in

Johnny's Grammar winter. After explaining it to the children, she said:
«Сап anyone tell me of any other animal that sleeps
VOICE ON PHONE: Are your father and mother at home? in winter?*
LITTLE JOHNNY: They was, but they isn't now. A little boy's hand went up, and the teacher said:
VOICE: They was, but they isn't? — Where's your gram •Well, Peter, y o u may tell us of one*.
mar! «Santa Clause, said Tommy, -eonly he does it in the
JOHNNY: She is out too. summertime*.
g r a m m a r ['graemaj — грамматика He Knew It

g r a n d m a ['gramma:] — бабушка
The teacher of geography was trying to teach a small
boy the points of the compass.
First Time at S c h o o l
He explained: *On your right is the East, your left is
Emily had been to school for the first time. «Well, the W e s t , and in front of you is the North. N o w what is
darling, what did you learn?» asked her mother. behind you?*
•Nothing*, sighed Emily hopelessly. «Pve got to go The boy t h o u g h t a moment, and then cried: «I knew
back again tomorrow*. it. I told Mother you would see the patch on my pants*.
234 235
g e o g r a p h y — география daddy — папочка

t h e p o i n t s of t h e c o m p a s s — части света по компасу awfully s l e e p y — совсем сонный
w o u l d s e e — увидите
a p a t c h — заплата The Twins
p a n t s [pasnts] — разг. штаны
Two brothers were t w i n s . It was bathing time and
from the twins' bedroom came sounds of laughter and
An Unusual Answer
loud crying. Their father went up to find out the cause.
The grocer was busy serving customers but he noticed, «What's the matter up here?* he asked. The laughing
a small boy standing near an open box of sweet biscuits. twin pointed to his crying brother. ^Nothing*, he gig
•Well, my boy*, said the grocer, *What are you up to?» gled, «only Nurse has given him two baths and hasn't
« Nothing*. given me any at all*.
• Nothing? Well, it looks as if you were trying to take
a biscuit*. lucky — счастливый, удачливый
• You are wrong, mister. I'm trying not t o * . c a u s e — причина
t w i n s — близнецы
to n o t i c e ['noutisj—замечать to p o i n t ( t o ) — указывать (на)
b i s c u i t s — печенье b a t h i n g t i m e — время купания
a grocer — бакалейщик to g i g g l e — хихикать
w h a t are y o u up t o ? — что ты замышляешь? a s o u n d — звук
to serve — обслуживать N u r s e — няня
a c u s t o m e r — покупатель l a u g h t e r — смех
it l o o k s as if y o u were trying... — похоже будто ты to g i v e a b a t h — выкупать
пытаешься... l o u d crying — громкий плач
at all — совсем
How то Raise Children
He Knew Another Word
— Daddy, do you think Mother knows how to raise
children? Bob: Have y o u noticed that in the English language
— What makes you ask that? there is only one word in which «su* at the beginning
— Well, she makes me go to bed when I'm wide awake— of the word are pronounced as [juj?
and she makes me get up when I am awfully sleepy! Bill: Really? W h a t is the word?
Bob: Sugar.
to r a i s e [reiz] — здесь: воспитывать Bill: Are you sure?
I'm wide a w a k e — мне нисколько не хочется спать
236 237
to pronounce [pranauns] — произносить t h e o t h e r day — на д н я х

really? — здесь: вот как? a c r o s s — через
t r i u m p h a n t l y — торжествующе
I, Myself and Me
I gave a little party t h i s afternoon at three Н е Kept t h e P r o m i s e

It was very small, «Mother», asked Billy after his birthday party, • May
Three guests in all — I have a piece of cake, only a small piece, please?*
J u s t I, myself, and me. •No», replied his mother, •you've had quite enough*.
Myself ate up the sandwiches.
•Well, may I sleep with a bit under my pillow?» asked
While I drank up the tea,
the boy.
And it was I
•Very well, here y o u are, and remember to keep it
Who ate the pie
under your pillow. N o w run along to bed*.
And passed the cake to me.
When she came to Billy's room some time later, she
m y s e l f — (я) сам saw Billy sleeping peacefully with the pillow over his
a sandwich — бутерброд stomach.
a party — званый обед
p r o m i s e — обещание
a pie — пирог
here y o n are — вот тебе
a g u e s t [gestj — гость
to k e e p (kept, k e p t ) — держать
to p a s s — передавать
a b i t — кусочек
a s t o m a c h — живот
The P r o f e s s o r Could N o t A n s w e r It
a p i l l o w — подушка
Old Mr. Hampton is a very clever man. He has a lot of
degrees. Yet the other day he could not answer his grand
C h e e r i n g Up
daughter's question.
« Grandpa*, she said, «I saw something so funny run MOTHER (in a low voice): Jimmy, your grandfather
ning across the kitchen floor without any legs. What do
is very sick. Can't you say something nice to cheer him
you think it was?*
up a bit?
Grandpa thought and thought, but at last he had to
J I M M Y : Grandfather, wouldn't you like to have sol
give it up. «What was it?* he asked. •Water*, replied
the little girl triumphantly. diers at your funeral?
to c h e e r up — подбадривать
a degree — ученая степень
w o u l d n ' t y o u like... — не хотел бы ты...
to give up — сдаться, отказаться от чего-либо
to be sick — болеть
238 239
a bit — немного M A I D : N o t h i n g , except that he swallowed a bug, but

funeral — похороны I gave him some of that insect powder at once,,so there's
nothing to worry about, Madam.
Не Was Punished
— «Doctor», called the small boy, « с о т е up to our to worry — беспокоиться
house quick*. a m i s t r e s s — хозяйка
— «Who is sick at your house?* asked the doctor. a m a i d — горничная
— «Everybody but me. I had been naughty, so they to get i n ( t o ) t r o u b l e — попасть в беду
didn't give me any of the nice mushrooms that Daddy w h i l e — в то время как, пока
had picked in the forest*. e x c e p t [ik'sept] — если не считать (того)..., за ис
ключением (того)...
reward — награда a b u g — клоп
n a u g h t y — шаловливый, капризный i n s e c t powder — порошок против насекомых
v i r t u e —добродетель
b u t — здесь: кроме What Can Johnny Do?
a m u s h r o o m — гриб
to pick — собирать Mother sent J o h n n y and the baby into the garden to
play, but it was not long before she heard cries.
A Substitute •Johnny, what is the matter with the baby, now?*
she asked from the kitchen.
Over the doctor's telephone came a call from a man
«I don't know what to do with him, Mother*, answered
who said that his small son had swallowed his pen.
John. «Не has d u g a hole and he wants to bring it into
The doctor said: «Г11 come at once. What are you
the house*.
doing in the meantime?»
•I'm using my pencil», the man answered.
a cry — крик
a s u b s t i t u t e — замена
a c a l l — вызов A Bicycle
to s w a l l o w — глотать Parents gave their son a bicycle and were watching
in t h e m e a n t i m e — тем временем
proudly as he rode around and around the block.
On his first round he shouted: «Look, Mom, no hands. *
There I s N o t h i n g t o Worry A b o u t The second time around: «Look, Mom, no feet.*
At the third time: «Look, Mom, no teeth.*
M I S T R E S S : Did my.son get in any trouble while I
was out?
240 241
a block — квартал •Before you speak, think. Count fifty before you say
on h i s first round — проезжая первый круг anything important — a hundred, if it is very important*.
a r o u n d — вокруг The lips of his pupils began moving in unison, and
M o m — мама suddenly they cried loudly: «Ninety-nine, one hundred!
Your coat tails are on fire, sir!*
Leading Questions
to f o l l o w — следовать
— <Billy*, said the teacher, «what does c-a-t spell?* a d v i c e — совет
— «Don't know, sir*, said Billy. a f i r e p l a c e — камин
— «What does your mother keep to catch mice?* to c o u n t — считать
— «A trap, sir*. c o a t t a i l s — фалды фрака, смокинга
— «No, no. What animal is very fond of milk?» in u n i s o n — в унисон
— «The baby, sir*. are on fire — загорелись
— *You stupid! What was it that scratched your
sister's face?*
Pass It!
— «My nails, sir*.
— «I am out of patience. There, do you see that ani B o s s : (sending the office boy on an errand). On the
mal in the yard? Then tell me, what does c-a-t spell?* way you'll pass a baseball park.
— «Kitten, sir*. Boy: Yes, sir.
B o s s : Well, pass it!
l e a d i n g — здесь: наводящий
s t u p i d —глупый a b o s s — хозяин
w h a t d o e s c-a-t s p e l l ? — какое слово состоит из букв an office b o y — рассыльный
c-a-t? on an e r r a n d — с поручением
to s c r a t c h — царапать a b a s e b a l l — бейсбол
n a i l s — ногти to p a s s — проходить мимо
p a t i e n c e — терпение
a t r a p — мышеловка Its Favourite Dish
For sale: a bulldog two years old. Will eat anything.

Following t h e Advice Very fond of children.
The teacher stood with his back to the fireplace on a
winter morning. He decided to give good advice to the for s a l e — продается
a n y t h i n g — здесь: что угодно
pupils before starting the lesson.
b u l l d o g [ b u l d o g ] — бульдог
242 243
A Fine Room a l i e u t e n a n t [lef tenant] — лейтенант

to d i s a p p e a r — исчезать
Landlady: How do y o u like the room as a whole? a b e a t — участок (обхода)
Visitor: As a hole it's fine; as a room, not so good. to s t a r t w i t h — для начала
t h e devil ['devl] — здесь: чёрт возьми
a landlady — хозяйка дома
as a whole — в целом Over t h e Fields
a h o l e — дыра
The train came to a sudden stop. All t h e passengers
He Did N o t W a n t It jumped up.

•What has happened, conductor?* cried a nervous old
An old cowboy went to the city and stopped at a hotel
woman.
for the first time in his life. The clerk asked him if he
wanted a room with running water. • N o t h i n g much, we ran over a cow*.
•No*, the cowboy said. «What do you think I am, a •Was it on the track? *
trout? 9 «No», replied the conductor, •we chased it into a
barn*.
a cowboy I'kauboi] — ковбой
a hotel — гостиница n e r v o u s — нервный
a clerk [kla:k] — служащий a track — рельсовый путь, рельсы
r u n n i n g w a t e r — 1) водопровод; 2) проточная вода to run o v e r — переехать, задавить
a t r o u t — форель to c h a s e — гнаться, загонять
a barn — коровник, хлев
He Did His Duty
He Wanted a Horse
John became a policeman. On the very first day his
lieutenant told him, «John, I am giving y o u an easy beat C U S T O M E R : Can I rent a horse?
to start with—just from the station house to that red GROOM: How long do you want it?
light and back. John disappeared for two days. C U S T O M E R : As long a one as you have, laddie. There
• Where the devil were you?* shouted the lieutenant are five of u s .
when John came back*. «Didn't I tell you your beat was
j u s t from here to that red l i g h t ? * a c u s t o m e r — клиент
«You did, but that red light was on the back of a car*. a g r o o m — конюх
h o w l o n g — 1) на сколько времени; 2) какой длины
d u t y — долг
to r e n t — взять напрокат
a s t a t i o n h o u s e — участок (полицейский)
a l a d d i e —паренёк
244 245
A Pleasant Night •Forty*, said the other bidder.

• Forty-live*, said the sailor. No further bids were
Mr. Brown, a travelling man, was a very light sleep
heard, and the auctioneer said, •Sold*.
er. One night he stopped at a small hotel, and after some
The sailor took the bird and the cage, gave the money,
time he g o t into a sound sleep. Suddenly he heard some
and said: ^1 have paid a lot of money for the parrot. Can
loud knocks on his door and nervously sat up in bed.
he talk?*
•What is the matter?* he asked.
•Can he talk?* said the auctioneer. •Why, sailor, he
• Package downstairs for you, sir*.
«Well, let it stay there: it can wait till morning, was bidding against you*.
I think*.
wonderful — удивительный
The boy went down the corridor, and after a long
a s a i l o r — моряк
time the guest fell into a sound sleep again. Then another
an a u c t i o n — аукцион, торги
knock came at the door.
a bid — предлагаемая цена
• Well, what is up now?*, asked Mr. Brown.
a parrot — попугай
«It is not for you, that package*, said the boy.
further — дальнейший
a c a g e — клетка
a l i g h t s l e e p e r — человек, который чутко спит
to bid (bid, bid) a g a i n s t — набавлять цену
to g e t (fall) i n t o a s l e e p — заснуть
s o u n d — здесь: крепкий
He Confirmed It
loud — громкий
a k n o c k —стук B i g b o a s t e r : Y e s , when I was in Africa I met a lion, I
n e r v o u s l y — беспокойно had no gun in my hand, so 1 took a pail of water and
a p a c k a g e — пакет poured it over his head, and he ran away.
d o w n s t a i r s — внизу L i s t e n e r : I can confirm that. I was in Africa at that
a g u e s t [gest] — гость time, and the lion ran into me, and when I stroked him
W h a t is u p ? — что случилось? he was still quite wet.
A Wonderful Talker to c o n f i r m — подтверждать

a b o a s t e r — хвастун
A sailor walked into an auction shop as the auctioneer
a l i o n — лев
was asking for bids on a parrot. • Fifteen dollars*, said
the sailor. a p a i l — ведро
to pour — выливать
•Twenty*, said another bidder.
to r u n into... — наткнуться
•Twenty-five*, said the sailor.
to s t r o k e — гладить
246 247
Английский язык Приложение 2.
milk in his big pocket and, of course, there was no milk

in the jug when he came home.
•Dear me!* said «the old woman. • What a silly boy
LAZY JIM you are! W h y didn't you put it on your head?* — • I'll
do so another time*, said Jim.
Now, on Thursday he got from the farmer a large pat
of butter for his day's work. He immediately put the
Once upon a time there was a boy whose name was
piece of butter on his head and — well, you can imagine
Jim and he lived with his mother in a little cottage.
what happened!
They were very poor and the old woman had to work
When he came home and didn't bring anything again,
from early morning till late at night. She was a washer
his mother g o t very angry.
woman.
«What a misfortune it is to have such a silly son!* she
Her son Jim was so lazy that he didn't want to work
said. • W h y didn't you carry it carefully in your hands?*
at all. He only lay in the sun in hot weather and sat by
«1*11 do so another time*, answered Jim.
the fire in the winter time. So they called him Lazy
Jim was tired of his work for the farmer, so on Friday
Jim. H i s mother couldn't make him work. At last she
he went to a baker. The baker didn't give him anything
got angry and said to him one Monday:
for his work but a big cat. Jim took the cat very careful
•Look here, Jim. You are a big fellow. You are very
ly in his hands and started on his way home. But the cat
strong, and can work for your living*, I am old and I
didn't want to go with Jim at all. In a short time it
don't feel well. You must begin to work, or I shall turn
scratched him so badly that he had to let it go. When he
you out of the house. Everybody says it is a shame that I
came home, his mother was terribly angry again.
must work for you day and night*.
•Oh, what shall I do with you, you silly boy! W h y
Jim sighed and said nothing. What could he say? He
couldn't y o u tie the cat with a string and pull it after
had to begin to work for his living and help his mother.
you?* she said. •I'll do so another time*, said Jim.
There was no other way out for him.
On Saturday, Jim went to a butcher, who gave him a
So n e x t morning, it was Tuesday, he went to a farm leg of mutton for his day's work. Jim tied the leg of
er, worked all day and got a penny. But to have money mutton with a string and pulled it after him along the
was an unusual thing for Lazy Jim. He didn' t know dirty road. You can imagine how it looked when he came
where to put it and lost his penny on his way home. home. Of course nobody could eat it. This time his mother
•You silly*, said his mother, «how could you lose was very sad.
your money? W h y didn't you put it in your pocket?* — «Oh, dear, oh, dear!* she cried. «I am the most un
•I'll do so another time*, answered Jim. On Wednesday happy woman in the world! My sun can't do anything
Jim went to the farmer again. This time the farmer gave Properly. You big silly, why didn't you carry the leg of
him a jug of milk for his day's work. Jim put the jug of mutton on your shoulder?*
248 249
«Г11 do so another time*, answered Jim. On Monday,

Jim worked for a miller and the miller gave him — a
donkey! It was rather difficult for Jim to lift the donkey PICKWICK PAPERS
on to his shoulders. He tried very hard. At last the (After Charles Dickens )
donkey was on his shoulders and Jim was greatly pleased.
He started on his way home and walked very slowly
On a sunny morning of the thirteenth of May, one
because the donkey was heavy.
thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven Mr. Samuel
On his way he passed the house of a rich man, who
Pickwick rose from his bed, opened the window and looked
had a beautiful daughter. This man was very unhappy.
out at the world before him. Goswell Street was at his
H i s only daughter could neither hear nor speak. And
feet, Goswell Street was on his right, Goswell Street was
the y o u n g girl never laughed in her life. W h e n her
on his left, Goswell Street lay in front of h i m . Mr.
father asked the doctors' advice, all the doctors said:
Pickwick was not happy to see only Goswell Street. He
•She will neither hear nor speak till somebody makes
wanted to see life in other places surrounding the street.
her laugh*.
Soon after breakfast Mr. Pickwick with a bag in his
Now it happened that the poor girl was at her window
hand, a telescope and a note-book in his pocket was ready
when J i m went slowly by with the donkey on his shoul
to meet adventures. He took a cab and went to * Golden
ders. He looked so strange, and so funny that the girl
Cross*, an inn where his friends were waiting for him.
burst out laughing. From that moment she could hear
On the way there Mr. Pickwick began his s t u d i e s of
and speak. She asked Jim to stop at her window for a
London life.
moment because she wanted to thank him. Jim complained
of his life. •How old is that horse, my friend?* asked he. • Forty-
«I am very unhappy*, he said, •because I can't do two*, answered the cabman. «What!» said Mr. Pickwick
anything properly*. laying his hand upon the note-book. The cabman repeated
The girl listened to him, and was very sorry for him. the answer and Mr. Pickwick wrote it down in his note
The young people liked each other at first s i g h t . And book. *And how long do you keep him out at a time?*.
the father of the beautiful girl was so delighted that he •Two or three weeks*, answered the cabman. «Weeks!*
decided to marry his daughter to Jim. Jim's wife was said Mr. Pickwick in surprise and he took o u t his note
not only beautiful, she was very kind too. She asked book again. •We seldom take him out of the cab», said
J i m ' s mother to live together with them, and t h e old the cabman. •He is old, not very strong, and always falls
woman did not have to work so hard any more. J i m ' s down when we take him out of it. So we tie him to the
wife was not only beautiful and kind, she was very clever cab, t h e cab r u n s a f t e r him and p u s h e s h i m * . Mr.
too. She gave J i m good advice and he learned to do Pickwick wrote down every word told by the cabman in
everything properly. They lived happily for many, many his note-book. He wanted to use the information at a
long years, and nobody called J i m lazy any more. club meeting.
250 251
often g o t drunk and then they fought each other and

beat the children.
Tom's father, J o h n Canty, was a thief, and Tom's
grandmother was a beggar, and they made the children
beg.
THE PRINCE AND THE PAUPER
Every day Tom w e n t o u t to beg in t h e s t r e e t s . If
nobody gave him any money, his father and grandmother
beat him at n i g h t and sent him to bed hungry.
In the old city of London on a cold autumn day in the
But there were some good t h i n g s in Tom's life. Among
second quarter of the sixteenth century, a boy was born
the people that lived in the house there was a kind old
to a poor family of the name of Canty. The family did
man who taught Tom a little Latin and how to read and
not want this boy.
write. He also told him many stories about kings and
On the same day another English child was born. He
princes. Tom liked to listen to his stories. He also read
was born to a rich family of the name of Tudor, who
the books that the old man gave him.
wanted him very much. All England wanted him. People
Tom was a clever boy, he knew so much! And he could
talked only about the new baby, Edward Tudor, Prince
do and say s u c h interesting things! W h e n the children
of Wales who lay in silk and did not know that all Eng
played, Tom was always a prince and the boys were lords
land wanted him so much.
of his court.
But there was no talk about the other baby, Tom Can
At night when he lay in the dark on his dirty rags, he
ty, who lay in his dirty rags and did not know that
forgot his hunger and his father's beatings. He t h o u g h t
nobody wanted him.
about kings and princes, who were clean and well dressed
A few years passed. London was fifteen hundred years
and lived in beautiful palaces. Tom wanted to be clean
old and was a great town.
and well dressed too. But in the morning he had to go
The street where Tom's family lived was n o t far from
out in his rags to beg. At night he dreamed that he lived
London Bridge and was called Offal Court. It was dirty,
in a palace among lords and ladies. Oh, how he wanted to
and the houses were of wood, with small windows. Canty's
see a real prince with his own eyes! This wish became
family lived in one room on the third floor of one of
stronger and stronger day by day and at last he could
these houses. The mother and the father had a bed, but
think of nothing else.
Tom, his grandmother, and his two sisters, Bet and Nan
slept on the floor and covered themselves with rags.
Bet and Nan were fifteen years old. They were twins.
They were always dirty and in rags, but they were kind-
hearted girls. Their mother was like them. But the fa
ther and the grandmother were very bad people. They
252 253
TREASURE ISLAND THE DIFFICULTIES

OF A FOREIGN LANGUAGE
Squire Trelawney, Dr. Livesey and the rest of them
have asked me to write down the whole story of Treasure
Island from the beginning to the end. I take up my pen There are numerous anecdotes about the difficulties
in the year 17... and go back to the time when my father oi people travelling in foreign countries without a knowl
kept the «Admiral Benbow» inn and the old seaman first edge of the language of that country. Here's t h e story of
came under our roof. a Frenchman travelling in t h e United States who, while
eating in a restaurant, wished to order some mushrooms.
I remember him as if it were yesterday, a tall, strong,
Unable to make himself understood, he asked for a pen
heavy man, with black, broken nails and a cut across one
cil and paper and carefully drew a picture of a mushroom.
cheek. I remember him s i n g i n g the old sea-song:
H i s drawing, however, was not too good, for t h e puzzled
«Fifteen men on the dead man's chest,
waiter returned in about ten minutes, not with an order
Yo-ho-ho and a bottle of гит».
of mushrooms, but with a large man's umbrella.
I remember how he asked for a glass of rum from my
father when he first came and how he slowly drank it. Another similar story concerns two Americans trav
elling in Spain. They were both unable to speak a word
•This is a fine house*, he said, •and not a bad grog
of Spanish and one day, while eating in a restaurant in a
shop. Is there much company here?* My father told him
small village, they were having considerable difficulty
there was very little company. «Well then*, he said,
in explaining to t h e waiter what they wanted. One of
•this is a good place for me. I'll stay here a bit*, he
them wanted a glass of milk. The waiter seemed unable
continued. «I'm a plain man. Rum and bacon and e g g s is
to understand. Finally, on the back of the menu the man
what I want. How can you call me? You can call me
drew a picture of a cow. The poor waiter, however, still
captain*.
seemed puzzled. Finally he left and was gone from the
He was badly dressed, but he did not look like a com
restaurant for half an hour or s o . He returned very
mon sailor; he seemed more like a mate or skipper. Then
pleased w i t h himself. There were two t i c k e t s for a
he took three or four gold pieces from a big sea chest
bullfight in his hand.
which he had and threw them to my father. •You can
tell me when you have finished with that*, said he to
my father.
254 255
A WISE JUDGE
THE BLIND MAN
AND THE GREAT ARTIST
Once there lived two brothers. They worked together
on their father's farm. They were very honest and g o t
Every day in one of the streets of Vienna you could along together very well. One day their father died leav
see a blind man playing the violin. His dog sat near him ing his property to his two sons. In his last will he told
with a cap in i t ' s mouth. People, who were passing them, them to divide the property between them.
dropped coins into the cap. But the brothers could not agree now. Each wanted
One day, when the weather was very cold, the man to have the better part for himself. After some t i m e
was playing for a long time, but nobody wanted to give they even did not speak to each other. At last they w e n t
him anything. The poor man thought that he would have to the judge who was very wise and always knew how to
to go to bed without supper. He was so tired and so weak settle such difficult matters.
that he stopped playing. The judge listened to them attentively and then he
At the moment a young man came up to him and said: «The matter is very simple. We shall divide the
asked him why he had stopped playing. The blind'man property in this way. One of you will divide it in the
said he had played for two hours but nobody had given way he thinks is best and the other one will then have
him anything. «Give me your violin. I shall help you*, the right to choose whichever of the two parts he
said the man. And with these words he began to play. prefers*.
He played so well that people began to gather and soon In this way the case was settled.
there was a big crowd. Everybody was eager to listen to
the fine music and to thank the young man for t h e
pleasure.
Soon the cap was full of money.
«rl don't know how to thank you*, said the blind man*.
Who are you?*
«I am Paganini*, was the answer.
256 9. Зек. 632

257
A SLAVE
DUMB WIFE
Murillo was a great painter in Spain- He painted beau

Once there w a s a man whose wife was dumb, and this tiful pictures and he had many students.
made him very sad because he loved her very much. Once he came to his studio and found a very beautiful
After some time he went to see a doctor and said. «Сап picture there. He asked his s t u d e n t s who had painted
y o u make my wife speak?» *Perhaps I сап», said the that picture but nobody answered. Then he asked his
doctor, «the operation is difficult, but if I try, 1*11 do slave Sebastian if he had seen somebody in the studio
my best*. « 0 f course, you may try*, said t h e husband, the night before. The slave did not answer. When the
«ГП bring her tomorrow*.
night came and everybody went away Sebastian began to
The next day the doctor made the operation and the paint. He did not think of the time. Suddenly he heard a
dumb wife began to speak. She spoke so much and so v noise behind him. When he turned round he saw Murillo
loudly t h a t in a few hours her husband ran back to the and his students watch him quietly.
doctor and said, «Сап you make my wife dumb again?*
•Sebastian*, cried Murillo, «you are very good paint
«No», said the doctor, «there are many ways to make a
er. How did you learn to paint?*
dumb woman speak, b u t no w a y s to make a woman stop
talking*. «What must I do? » said the man, «I shall soon «I took my lessons from you, master*, the slave an
die if I have to listen to her all day long*. «Well», said swered.
the doctor, «I can't make her dumb, but I can make you •From me? I have never g i v e n y o u l e s s o n s * , said
deaf and you will not have to listen to her*. «Very well*, Murillo.
said the man, •you may do so. It will be better than the •But you gave lessons to your students, and I heard
other way*.
them*, answered t h e slave. Murillo was a v e r y honest
wan. He understood that t h e slave was a very gifted
painter, so he g a v e him freedom and began to work with
his •slave* who was not a slave any longer.
258 259
9"
THE KING AND THE CRITIC A BROKEN VASE
One young man was going to marry a beautiful girl.

There was a king who t h o u g h t that he could paint
One day the girl said to him that the next day she would
very well. H i s pictures were bad, but the people to whom
celebrate her birthday and invited him to her birthday
he showed them were afraid of the king. They all said
party. The y o u n g man was eager to make her a present,
that they liked his pictures very much.
so he went to a g i f t shop. There he saw many beautiful
One day the king showed his pictures to a great paint
things. Of all t h e t h i n g s he particulars liked the vases.
er w h o lived in his country and asked:
But they were very expensive, and as he had very little
«I want to know what you think of my pictures. Do
money, he had to leave the shop without buying anything.
you like them? Am I a good painter or not?*
Walking to the door he suddenly heard a noise: one of
The painter looked at the king's pictures and said:
the vases fell on t h e floor and broke to pieces. A brilliant
•My king, I think t h a t your pictures are bad, and
that y o u will never be a good painter*. idea came to his mind. He came up to the counter and
asked the salesman to wrap up the broken vase he wanted
The king got very angry and sent the painter to prison.
to buy. The salesman got a little surprised but did what
After two years the king wanted to see the painter
again.. the young man had asked him to do.
The y o u n g man took t h e parcel and went s t r a i g h t to
• I was angry w i t h you*, he said, cbecause y o u did n o t
like my pictures. Now forget all about it. You are a free the girl's place. By the time he entered t h e room the
man again and I am your friend *. g u e s t s had already gathered. Everybody was enjoying
the party. Some of the people were dancing, others were
For many hours the king talked with the painter, and
e v e n asked him to dine. After dinner the king showed t a l k i n g , j o k i n g and l a u g h i n g . S a y i n g «Мапу happy
his pictures to the painter and asked: •Well, how do y o u returns of the day*, the y o u n g man told the girl that he
like them now?* had bought a small present for her. W i t h these words he
began to unwrap t h e parcel. Suddenly he g o t pale and
The painter did not answer anything. He turned soldier
w h o was standing near him and said: said. «I am afraid, I have broken it. There were so many
•Take me back to prison*. people in the bus...* But when he unwrapped t h e parcel,
he saw that the salesman had wrapped up each piece of
the vase separately.
260 261
Английский язык Приложение2
ENGLISH HOUSES FROM THE HISTORY OF LONDON
The climate of a country is one of t h e factors t h a t In the year 55 before our era a Roman legion headed
influence the style of i t s architecture. It can be best by J u l i u s Cesar crossed the English Channel that divides
illustrated by British residential buildings. The weather t h e British Isles from the continent of Europe. H a v i n g
in England is often cloudy and there are few sunny days landed in Britain the Romans founded a military station
in the winter season, therefore, as a rule, t h e windows on t h e northern bank of t h e river Thames, B e i n g skilled
1
in an English house are of a large size to catch as much in the art of building they started fortifying their set
light and sunshine as possible. In the houses built in the tlements w i t h thick massive walls and laying roads across
past century the windows, besides being large, opened the country leading to the sea coast. After staying in
upwards, which is very convenient on windy days. Britain for two centuries the Romans returned to t h e
Since there is much rain in England, typical British continent h a v i n g left behind excellent roads and s t r o n g
houses have high, steep roofs where rain water and melt f o r t i f i c a t i o n s . One of Roman s e t t l e m e n t s w a s called
ing snow can easily flow down. Londinium A u g u s t a . Four centuries later, according to
Most of the houses have a fireplace which forms the some historians, the capita] of Britain was founded in
most characteristic feature of an English home and is i t s locality, part of the Roman wall-still lying deep under
seldom seen in other European countries. the ground beneath modern London,
The plan of an English house also differs from t h a t of No other ancient monuments of Roman t i m e s have
the houses where we live. English architects plan some remained in the city. The earliest historical monument
apartments vertically instead of planning them horizon of English architecture is the so called Tower of London
tally, so that an English family having a separate apart which has retained i t s name up to t h e present day. B e i n g
ment lives on t w o or sometimes three floors w i t h rooms erected on t h e ruins of a Roman fortress, it consists of
connected with a narrow staircase. They find it the most parts belonging to different periods of English history,
convenient style of apartment.There are usually three i t s central and most ancient part being the huge square
rooms in each apartment besides a kitchen and a bath tower four storeys high. It was called the White Tower,
room: a living room, a bedroom and a dining room. deriving i t s name from the w h i t e stone it was built of.
The W h i t e Tower was surrounded with a double row of
Walls w i t h smaller towers forming the inner and outer
court w i t h t h e scaffold in t h e back of it.
262 263
THE TOWER ENGLISH UNIVERSmES
Looking at the Tower you feel i t s close connection to All English universities except Oxford and Cambridge
t h e historical past of England with i t s constant and cruel are fairly new. London University is the biggest of the
f i g h t i n g for power. Since the time of its erection the modern English universities and has many colleges and
Tower of London has served many purposes: first a king's schools.
palace, then a fortress and a political prison. N o w it is a A university usually has both faculties and depart
museum. ments. The faculties are arts, law, medicine, science and
Several kings of England found protection w i t h i n i t s theology. The departments include engineering, econom
walls both against foreign enemies and their own people i c s , commerce, agriculture, music and technology.
fighting for their liberties and privileges. The W h i t e At the head of each faculty there is a professor.
Tower was t h e royal residence, all the kings of England A staff of teachers called lecturers help him. Professors
spending the first days of their reign there according to and lecturers give lectures to large numbers of students
an ancient custom. From the White Tower kings went to or study with small groups, and here the s t u d e n t s have
their coronation and out of it some of them came down a chance to discuss.
to t h e scaffold l y i n g in t h e o u t e r court, f o r c e d to All universities admit men and women, but within
surrender their power to new pretenders. some u n i v e r s i t i e s there are colleges specially for one
All t h e towers in t h e walls surrounding t h e W h i t e sex. Most of the universities provide h o s t e l s for their
Tower served as places of imprisonment, each of them students. There are many types of colleges in England.
keeping some dark and tragic secret. Narrow galleries, T h e r e are c o l l e g e s w i t h i n u n i v e r s i t i e s . T h e r e are
s t e e p staircases, secret passages and dark cells formed in t e a c h e r s ' t r a i n i n g c o l l e g e s . There are a l s o technical
the thickens of the walls e x i s t up to the present day. colleges of various types, colleges of arts and commerce.
Among the numerous prisoners were kings of England, Colleges give a specialized training.
France and Scotland, princes and noblemen, protestants Those who wish to become teachers spend three years
and catholics, scientists and public leaders. Shakespeare
at a teachers' training college. They study various sub
mentioned many of their tragic fate in his historical
jects and learn how to teach, they have practice lessons
plays.
at schools.
264 265
On January, 1621 there were already two streets in

t h i s village, and they called it «New Plymouth*.
One day the people of the village suddenly saw a tall
Indian who was walking along the street. They were
frightened very much, but this Indian came up to them,
smiled and said, «Hallo, Yankeel*
Few days later t h i s Indian came to the village again NEWTON'S DINNER
together w i t h some other Indians. They came as friends
aad helped the white men very anch. But w h i t e men
forgot about this help very quickly; a few yeas later Sir Isaac N e w t o n was often so deeply interested in
when many people from Europe came to America, thay difficult problems that he became quite absent-minded.
began to take the land away from the Indians and to kill One day a gentleman came to see him, but was told that
them. Sir Isaac was busy in his study and that nobody was
At last spring came. The people of N e w Plymouth allowed to disturb him.
began to plant corn, and the Indians showed them how As it was dinner-time, t h e visitor sat down in the
to plant maize. dining-room to wait for t h e scientist. The servant came
In autumn the crops were very good and the people of in and placed on the table a boiled chicken under a cover.
New Plymouth wanted to make a holiday dinner. They An hour passed, but N e w t o n did not appear. The gentle
asked the Indians to this dinner and the Indians brought man, feeling hungry, ate chicken, and covering up the
some wild turkeys as a present. The turkey was an Amer skeleton, asked the servant to prepare another one for
ican bird. Very few people in Europe had ever heard his master.
aboat it, but when they ate it at this dinner they liked it Before the second chicken W A S ready, however, the
very much. The people of New Plymouth called their scientist entered the room, apologizing for his delay.
holiday « Thanksgiving Day*. Then he added: «As I feel rather tired and hungry, I
hope you will e x c u s e me a little longer, while I take my
dinner, and then I will be at your service*. W i t h these
words he lifted the cover, and without emotion turned
round to the gentleman and said: «See w h a t a strange
people we scientists are. I quite forgot that I had dined
already*.
At t h i s moment the servant brought in the other chick
en. The v i s i t o r explained how matters stood. After a
hearty laugh, t h e hungry s c i e n t i s t sat down to dine.
270 271
A LESSON IN POLITENESS ENGLISH CHARACTER
One of the most striking features of English life is

Jonathan Swift, the famous English writer and the
the self-discipline and courtesy of people of all classes.
author of .Gulliver's Travels* was not very generous.
He seldom gave anything to the servants or those who There is little noisy behaviour, and practically no loud
sent him presents. But once he received a lesson from a disputing in the street. People do not rush excitedly for
boy who very often carried him hares, partridges, and s e a t s in buses or trains, but take their seats in queues at
other game. bus stops in a quiet and orderly manner.
Englishmen are naturally polite and are never tired
One day the boy arrived with a heavy basket contain
in saying •Thank you*, «I'm sorry*, •Beg your pardon*.
ing fish, fruit, and game. He knocked at the door and
If you follow anyone who is entering a building or a
Swift by chance opened it himself. «Неге», said t h e boy
room, he will hold a door open for you. Many foreigners
gruffly, «my master has sent you a basket full of things*.
have commented on a remarkable politeness of the English
Swift, feeling displeased at the boy's rude manner,
people. ,
said to him: « С о т е here, my boy, and I will teach you
how to deliver a message a little more politely; come, English people don't like displaying their emotions
imagine yourself Jonathan Swift, and I will be the boy*. even in dangerous and tragic situations, and ordinary
Then taking off his hat very politely, and addressing people seem to remain good-tempered and cheerful un
himself to the boy, he said. «Sir, my master sends you a der difficulties.
little present, and begs you will do him the honour to The Englishman does not like any boasting or show
accept i t * . ing off in manners, dress or speech. Sometimes he con
ceals his knowledge: a linguist, for example, may not
•Oh, very well, my boy», replied the boy, «tell your
mention his understanding of a foreigner's language.
master I am much obliged to him, and there is half a
crown for yourself*. Swift laughed heartily, and gave The Englishman prefers his own house to an apart
the boy a crown for his wit. ment in a block-of flats, because he doesn't wish his
doing to be overlooked by his neighbours. «An English
man's house is h i s castle*.
Many Englishmen help their wives at home in many
ways. They clean the windows on Saturday afternoon
272 273
they often wash up the dishes after supper in the evening.

Sunday is a very quiet day in London. All the shops are
closed, and so are the theatres and most of the cinemas.
Londoners like to get out of town on Sundays. The sea
is not far — only fifty or s i x t y miles away and people
like to go down to the sea in summer or somewhere to
the country for skiing in winter. AMERICAN CHARACTER
American society seems to be much more informal

than the British and, in some ways, is characterised by
less social distinction. Students do not rise when a teacher
enters the room. One does not always address a person
by his title, such as «Major» or «General» or «Doctor».
The respectful «Sir» is not always used in the northern
and western parts of the country.
However, it is best to use a person's title when first
meeting him/her, and then allow the person to tell you
how he/she wishes to be called.
They use first names when calling each other, slap on
the back, joke and are much freer in their speech, which
is more slangy than the conventional British English.
You will often hear the word «Hi» (a form of greeting
among friends) used instead of the usual «Hello», and
«Howdy* instead of «How do you do?*.
Yet, in spite of all the informality, Americans, even
in the way they address each other, show consciousness
of social distinction. For example, one is likely to use
somewhat more formal language when talking to superi
ors. While the informal «Hello» is an acceptable greet
ing from employee to employer, the employee is more
apt to say «Hello, Mr. Ferguson*, while the employer
may reply «Hello, Jim*.
275
Certain other forms of politeness are observed on so

cial occasions. Women may wear hats in church, in res
taurants, and often when attending luncheons in public
places and other public social functions expect those that
take place in the evening. Men who do wear hats ordi
narily remove them in elevators, churches, restaurants,
private homes, business offices — in fact, in most public WILLIAM SHAKESPEARE
situations when they wish to show respect.
The last half of the XVI and the beginning of the

XVII centuries are known as the golden age of English
literature. It was t h e time of the English Renaissance,
and sometimes it is even called «the age of Shakespeare*.
William Shakespeare, the greatest and most famous of
English writers, and probably the greatest playwright
who has ever lived, was born in Straford-on-Avon. We
know very little about his life. The things that we know
about Shakespeare's life begin with the date when he
was baptised in t h e church of Stratford, on April 26,
1564, when he was only a few days old. So he is believed
to have been born on April 2 3 .
Though little is known about William's childhood,
there is every reason to believe that he was educated at
the local Grammar School. When little over eighteen he
married Anne Halthaway of Shottery.
William lived in Stratford until he was about twenty-
one, when he went to London. We do not know why he
left Stratf ord-on-Avon.
There is a story that Shakespeare's first job in London
was holding rich men's horses at the theatre door. But
nobody can be sure that this story is true.
Later, Shakespeare became an actor and a member of
one of the chief a c t i n g companies. Soon he began to
277
write Plays for this company and in a few years became

a well-known author.
Shakespeare's experience as an actor (although he
usually acted only small parts, like the Ghost in Hamlet)
helped him greatly in the writing of his plays. H i s knowl
CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS
edge of the stage and his poetical genius made his plays
the most wonderful ones ever written.
Shakespeare's wrote 37 plays. Among them there are
In the fifteenth century people knew only three conti
deep tragedies, such as Hamlet, King Lear, Othello,
nents: Europe, Asia and Africa. They knew nothing about
Macbeth, light comedies, such as All's Well That Ends
such a big continent as America.
Well, Twelfth Night, historical dramas, such as Henry
The man who was t h o u g h t to be the discoverer of
IV, Richard III.
America was born in 1451 in Italy. H i s name was Chris
Most of Shakespeare's plays were not published in his
topher Columbus. He probably worked as a weaver be
lifetime. So some of them may have been lost in the fire
fore g o i n g to sea.
when the «Globe» burned down in 1 6 1 3 .
At that time the life of a sailor was full of adventure
Shakespeare's spent the last years of his life at Strat
and danger, so Columbus had many exciting experienc
ford, where he died in 1616. He was buried in the church
es. Once during a battle with a vessel off the coast of
of Stratford. A monument was erected to the memory of
Portugal, he had to leave his boat and swim to t h e shore
the great playwright in the Poets Corner in Westminster
a long distance away. He afterwards lived in Portugal a
Abbey.
number of years, and while there, he married the daugh
ter of a sea captain. For some time he earned his living,
partly by making sea voyages, and partly by drawing
maps and selling them.
Knowing that the earth was round, he decided to reach
India by sailing to the west. It was very difficult for
him to organise his expedition as nobody wanted to help
him. Many years after, the Spanish government gave
him some money for his expedition.
In 1 4 9 2 he sailed with three small ships i n t o the At
lantic Ocean. They had been sailing for more than t w o
months. At last they saw land.
When they landed they saw strange trees and flow
ers. Men and women with olive coloured skins gathered
279
278
around them and looked at them with great surprise.

Columbus was certain that the lands he discovered
were part of India, and he called these islands the West
Indies. The people living there have been called Indians
since then, though they have nothing in common with
the real Indians — inhabitants of India.
His last voyage was made in 1 5 0 2 - 1 5 0 4 . After that,
ACID RAINS
seriously ill, he remained in Spain until his death. He
died believing that Cuba was part of Asia.
Every year more and more plants and animals disap
pear never to be seen again. Strangely, it is the most
intelligent but most thoughtless animal that is causing
most of the problems — man. Nature is very carefully
balanced and if t h i s balance is disturbed, animals can
disappear alarmingly fast. Every day, thousands of spe
cies of animals draw closer to extinction.
In many .lakes fish are dying. Fishermen are worried
because every year there are fewer fish and some lakes
have no fish at all. Scientists are beginning to get wor
ried too. W h a t is killing the fish?
The problem is acid rain. Acid rain is a kind of air
pollution. It is caused by factories that burn coal or oil
or gas. These factories send smoke high into the air. The
wind often carries the smoke far from the factories. Some
of the harmful substances in the smoke may come down
with the rain hundreds of miles away.
The rain in many places i s n ' t natural and clean any
more. It's full of acid chemicals. When it falls in lakes,
it changes them too. The lakes become more acidic. Acid
water is like vinegar or lemon juice. It hurts when it
g e t s in your eyes. It also kills t h e plants and animals
that usually live in lake water. That is why the fish are
dying in lakes.
281
But dead fish may be just the beginning of the prob

lem. Scientists are finding other effects of acid rain. In
some large areas trees are dying. N o t just one tree here
and there, but whole forests. At first scientists couldn't
understand why. There were no bugs or diseases in these
trees. The weather was not dry. But now they think
that the rain was the cause. Acid rain is making the THE STARS AND STRIPES
earth more acidic in these areas. Some kinds of trees
cannot live in the soil that is very acidic.
The history of Old Glory goes back to early colonial
days. The first banner used in the colonies was, of course,
the standard English flag, consisting of a red cross on a
white field. The flags of the separate colonies followed
the same lines except that occasionally a pine tree, or a
hemisphere, was figured in the upper left quarter of the
cross.
The beginning of the Revolution brought a flood of
suggestions as to the design for a new standard. But it
was not until J u n e 14, 1777, that official action was
taken, when the Continental Congress passed a resolution
fixing the design as thirteen alternate red and white
stripes, and thirteen white stars on a blue field. Each
star and each stripe represented a state. As each new
state was admitted to t h e Union, a star and a stripe were
added, but it was soon realized that the addition of many
more stripes would make the flag too bulky. Consequent
ly, after having been increased to fifteen, the number
of bars was reduced to the original number. But the
number of s t a r s steadily increased, until the present
number of 50 equals the same number of s t a t e s . The
story goes that B e t t y Ross sewed the first flag, and it
was at her s u g g e s t i o n that five-pointed, instead of six-
pointed, stars were used.
283
While controversy continues as to why Congress se

lected this design, there is good reason to believe that
the coat of arms of the Washington family, which con
tains both stars and stripes, furnished the inspiration.
It is interesting to note that, prior to the adoption of an
official flag, a banner frequently used bore the figure of WHAT QUALITY MEANS
a rattlesnake, coiled to strike, with the motto, «Don»t
tread on me.»
Even the dictionary finds it difficult to explain t h e
meaning of the word quality. It has to use other words
like excellence. W h y is quality so hard to define? Is it
because it is such an abstract word and can mean so
many different things? Or because i t s meaning depends
so much on what it describes? How can you define high
quality when applied to the t h i n g s you buy, for example,
a pop record, a pair of shoes, a meal in a restaurant?
You'll probably have three different definitions of quality
for the three different things. Quality is also hard to
define because it can be such a subjective word — it
means quite different things to different people, even
when t h e y u s e t h e word to describe the same t i l i n g .
A Pink Floyd album may in your view have quality, b u t
your friend may consider that the same album is a waste
of good money. Yet .another problem is that the meaning
of quality c h a n g e s over the years. Things which y o u
think have quality may not be seen in the same way by
older people. J u s t ask your grandmother what she thinks
of the Stones? For example, consider the two ads. Both
advertise clothes for men. Advertisers stress the points
which they think sell quality to prospective buyers. The
selling points that are stressed in 1897 ad are durability,
craftsmanship, dependability, tradition. W h a t about the
ideas of quality in the present-day ad? Present-day ads
285
do not talk about tradition or craftsmanship, dependability

or durability.
They stress the virtues of newness, of being different,
sometimes of being way out. Cheapness may be empha
sized too, the fact that almost everyone can afford the
product. Does this mean that quality in manufactured
goods is disappearing now that most things are mass-
produced? DICTIONARIES
We all know the saying of a wise man who lived more

than t w o thousand years ago: «Of making many books
there is no end*. If he had been living today, he might
have said t h e same of dictionaries, for several new ones
appear every year. They are needed for various purpos
e s . Even in our own language we often find it necessary
to look up a word, sometimes for the spelling, sometimes
for the pronunciation, or it may be for the meaning or
origin of the word.
In the twentieth century, with the remarkable increase
in scientific and other knowledge, special dictionaries
have to be made for special groups of words — commer
cial, technical, psychological, medical etc. There are some
very large dictionaries which are supposed to contain all
the words of the language, but they are not convenient
to use. They are too heavy and take too much room. If
you are studying one subject, it is much better to have a
dictionary which is no bigger than an ordinary book.
Students of a foreign language need a dictionary which
contains all the words in common use in their own lan
guage and the one they are t r y i n g to learn, that is, the
words they are likely to hear in conversation, and on the
radio, and those t h e y will meet in the books and newspa-
287
рега they read. Such dictionaries usually g i v e t h e mean

i n g of a word by translating it; and, sometimes, but not
always, they give translations of phrases and structures.
Dictionaries of t h i s kind are useful to translators, but
less useful to earnest students of language than diction
aries which give meanings and explanations and exam THE ENGLISH ALPHABET
ples in the foreign language itself.
Are you one of those unfortunate people w h o speak

English very well but at once become worried when your
teacher asks you to write? Don't be worried. Remember
that a lot of English people have the same problem. Near
my home there are at least two notices wrongly spelt
and a lot of English people who are otherwise quite clever
have to use dictionaries. What is wrong with this, for
example: «Ould cars bought here*? The problem is this
silly spelling, of course. As all t h o s e who read, know it
just isn't logical.
W h y isn' t English spelling logical ? The answer is
that it isn't really spelling that is . w r o n g * . Hundreds
of years ago the English pronounced wolds as they spelt
them. In many cases it is the pronunciation that has
changed. W h y not change the spelling to fit the new
pronunciation? Of course we have t h o u g h t of that too.
In 1 8 4 3 Isaac Pitman, who invented shorthand, pro
posed a new alphabet of forty symbols. To make spelling
fit pronunciation you need a different symbol for each
sound. But you can use the same alphabet with just a
few new symbols. Then leaving out silent letters like k
in knife you j u s t write the words as they sound. Kat for
cat, etc. This is what Pitman wanted to do. Another idea
is to use a completely different alphabet — phonetic
alphabet.
10. Зам B32 289

This what George Bernard Shaw wanted. W h e n he

died he left money to pay for this, and in 1 9 6 2 Androcles
& the Lion came out in a phonetic alphabet using forty-
eight symbols
But a hundred years after Isaac Pitman the English О. HENRY
alphabet hasn't changed. It would need a lot of money to
change it. Think of all the books in schools and libraries
and the printing machines. Then too there are those О. Henry is the pen-name of the American writer
who really like cur ridiculous spelling. There is in fact William Sydney Porter (1862-1910).
one new all habet' n use, the I.T^A or Initial Teaching In his youth he changed many professions: he was a
Alphabet. The idea behind this is that children learn to cowboy, a reporter, a clerk in a bank; he travelled about
read more quickly w i t h o u t the problems of E n g l i s h America trying to find a job. He met many common
spelling. Reading early is important because by reading people, and that helped him later in his literary work.
we can learn about other things. In many of our schools O. Henry is a great master of short story. Common
children learn to read with t h i s new alphabet and learn people, whose life he knew very well, are the main
1
the old alphabet later. characters of his stories.
Some teachers don't like it. They say that the children Here is a humorous story about two tramps who want
will never learn to spell .properly*. ed to get money by kidnapping the son of rich parents
Meanwhile the latest news is that the Simplified Spell and demanding a ransom for him.
i n g Society of Britain and the Simplified Spelling Asso
ciation of U S A have put their hands together. They think
The Ransom of Red Chief
that English is becoming the most important language
in the world and so we need logical spelling. They hope
I
to publish a book explaining their ideas and proposing
It looked a good thing; but wait till I tell you. We
another new alphabet of forty-four symbols. The name
were in the south, in Alabama — Bill and myself. We
of the book? . W o r l d E n g l i s h . .
had about s i x h u n d r e d dollars, and we needed t w o
thousand dollars more and did not know how to get them.
It was then that we had that idea of kidnapping someone
and demanding a ransom. There was a little town there,
which was called Summit. We decided to kidnap the only
child of a prominent rich man named Ebenezer Dorset.
The child was a boy of ten, w i t h bright red hair. Bill
and I t h o u g h t that if we kidnapped him, his father would
290 291
10*
Then we had supper; and he filled his m o u t h full of

agree to pay a ransom of two thousand dollars. But wait
bacon and bread, and .began to talk. He made a long
till I tell you.
speech, something like this: «I like this very much. I
About two miles from the town of Summit there was a
never camped out before. I was nine last birthday. I
little mountain, covered with wood. On the slope of the
hate to go to school. Rats ate up s i x t e e n of J i m m y ' s
mountain there was. a cave. In that cave we stored provi
aunt's hen's e g g s . Are there any real Indians in these
sions.
woods? I want some more bacon. Does the wind blow
In a village three miles away we hired a horse with a
because the trees move? We had five puppies. W h y is,
little cart. In the evening, after sunset, we drove in
your nose so red, Bill? My father has lots of money. Are
that cart past Dorset's house. The boy wasdn the street.
the stars hot? I don't like girls. Have y o u beds in this
He was throwing stones at a kitten which was s i t t i n g on
cave? A parrot can talk, but a monkey or a fish can't*.
the fence across the street.
Every few minutes he remembered that he was a red
*Hey, little boy*, said Bill, «would you like a bag of
skin and took his stick, which he called his rifle, and
candy and a nice ride?*
went to the mouth of the cave to see if there were any
The boy threw a stone at Bill and hit him in t h e eye.
spies of the pale-faces. Now and then he let o u t a war-
That boy fought with us like a bear, but, at last, we put
whoop, which made Bill shiver. He was simply terrorized
him in the bottom of the cart and drove away. We took
by that boy.
him up to the cave.
«Red Chief*, said I to the boy, « would y o u like to go
After dark I drove to the village to return the horse
home?* «No», said he. «I don't have any fun at home.
and cart, and then walked back to the mountain.
I hate to go to school. I like to camp out. You won't take
When t returned, there was a fire burning behind a
me back home, Snake-eye, will you?*
big rock at the entrance of the cave. Bill was s i t t i n g on
- «Not now*, said I. «We shall stay here in t h e cave for
the grass. The boy was watching a pot of boiling coffee.
sometime*. «А11 right*, said he. «That'll be fine. I nev
Two tail-feathers were stuck in his red hair. He pointed
er had such fun in my life*.
a stick at me when I came up and said:
«How cursed, pale-face do you dare to enter the camp II
of Red Chief, the terror of the plains?*
We went to bed about eleven o'clock. We slept on the
«Не is all right now*, said Bill. «We're playing Indi
ground on some blankets. We put Red Chief between us.
an. I'm Red Chief's captive, and I shall be scalped in the
We were not afraid that he would run away. We could
morning*.
not fall asleep for three hours because every now and
Yes, sir, that boy was enjoying himself. He liked living
then he jumped up and shouted in our ears t h a t the
in the cave so much, that he had forgotten that he was a
pale-faces were coming. At last I fell asleep and dreamed
captive himself. He immediately named me Snake-eye
that I had been kidnapped and tied to a tree by a pirate
the Spy, and announced that I should be burnt at sunrise.
with red hair.
293
292
Just at daybreak I woke up because Bill was screaming. I «Не put a hot potato down my back*, explained Bill,
jumped up to see what the matter was. Red Chief was sit •and then mashed it w i t h his foot; and I boxed his ears.
ting on Bill's chest, holding him by the hair with one hand. •Have you a gun, Sam?*
In the other hand he had the sharp knife which we I took the stone away from the boy. •If you don't
used for cutting bacon. He was trying to take Bill's scalp. behave, « I said, «Г11 take y o u s t r a i g h t home. Now, are
I took the knife from the child and made him lie down you g o i n g to be good or not? *
again. But Bill could not sleep. I slept a little, but then •It was a joke*, said he. Л didn't want to hurt him.
I woke up. I remembered that Red Chief was g o i n g to Г11 behave, Snake-eye, if y o u don't send me home and if
burn me at sunrise. I was not afraid, but I sat up and lit you let me play the Black Scout today*.
my pipe. •I don't know the game*, said I. « Г т going away, and
•Why did you get up so early, Sam?* asked Bill. •Oh, you will play with Bill*.
I don't want to sleep*, said I. I thought that it was time to send a letter to old man
•That's a Не!» said Bill. «You are afraid. He was go Dorset, demanding the ransom and dictating how that
ing to burn you at sunrise, and you are afraid he will do ransom must be paid. Bill asked me, with tears in his
it. And he will, if he finds a match. Isn't it awful, Sam? eyes, to make the ransom fifteen hundred dollars instead
Do you think anybody will pay money to get such a boy of two thousand. I agreed, and we wrote t h i s Letter:
back home? &
•Of course*, said I. •Now you and the Chief get up Ebenezer Dorset, Esq.
and cook breakfast, and I shall go to the top of the moun We have your boy in a place far from Summit. It is
tain and look around*. useless for you to try to find him. You can have him
I went up to the top of the little mountain and looked back only if you pay a ransom. We demand fifteen hun
down at the town. I thought there would be many people dred dollars for his return. If you agree, send the money
in the streets, talking about how a boy was kidnapped tonight at half-past eight o'clock. After crossing the river
and how to find, him. But the streets of the little town on the road to P., there are three large trees near a
were quiet, there were almost no people, nobody was fence. At the bottom of the middle tree your messenger
excited. .Perhaps*, I said to myself, «they don't know will find a small box. The messenger must put the money
yet that a child has been kidnapped*. into that box and immediately return to Summit.
If you pay the money, your son will be returned to
Ill you safe within three hours. If you don't pay the ran
som, you will never see your boy again.
When I came back to the cave, I saw that Bill was
Two Desperate men.
standing with his back to the wall, breathing hard. The
boy was standing in front of him, ready to strike him
with a big stone. I put the letter into my pocket. As I was going to
start, the boy came up to me and said:
294 295
«I say*, Snake-eye, you said I could play the Black him why there is nothing in holes, how a road can run
Scout today*, *Play it, of course*, said I. «Mr. Bill will both ways, « and what makes the grass green. I tell you,
play with you. What kind of game is it?* Sam, I could not stand it. I took him down the mountain,
•I'm the Black Scout*, said Red Chief, •and I must and showed him t h e way home, and kicked him .I'm
ride to the fort to tell the people there that the Indians sorry we lose t h e ransom*.
are coming. I'm tired of playing Indian myself. I want to •Bill*, said I, •you have no heart diseases?* «No»,
be the Black Scout*. — «А11 right*, said I. «I think Mr. said Bill, •why?*
Bill will help you*. «What must I do?* asked Bill, look
•Then you may turn around*, said I, «and see what's
ing at the boy. «You are the horse », said the Black
behind you*. Bill turned and saw the boy. Bill turned
Scout. «Get down on your hands and knees. How can I
pale and sat down on the ground. Then I told him that I
ride to the fort without a horse?*
had already sent the letter, and that we should g e t the
Bill got down on his hands and knees. In his eyes ransom and go away by midnight. So Bill cheered up a
there was a look that a rabbit has when you catch it in a little and promised the boy that he would play the Russian
trap. «How far is it to the fort?* he asked. in the Japanese war w i t h him.
•Ninety miles*, said the Black Scout and jumped on I had a plan to g e t that ransom without danger. I had
Bill's back. . P l e a s e * , said Bill to me, « с о т е back, Sam, to be sure that Mr. Dorset would not send policemen to
as soon as you can *. those trees. So I went to that place beforehand, and at
IV half-past e i g h t I was already s i t t i n g in one of those trees.
A young man on a bicycle appeared on the road, rode up
I went to the village and sent the letter. When I came to the trees, found the box, put a parcel into it and rode
back to the cave, Bill and the boy were not there. I away.
walked around but did not see them. So I lit my pipe and
I waited an hour and then climbed down. I took the
sat down to wait.
parcel and hurried back to the cave. We opened the
In about half an hour Bill came out of the bushes. parcel and found a note, which said:
Behind him was the boy. He was walking noiselessly,
like a scout, there was a broad smile on his face. Bill
Two Desperate Men.
stopped, took off his hat and wiped his face with a red
Gentlemen: I have received your letter in which you
handkerchief. The boy stopped about eight feet behind
demand a ransom for the return of my son. I think you
him. «Sam*, said Bill, «I suppose you will be angry, but
demand, too much, so I make you another propostion,
I couldn't help it. The boy has gone, I have sent him which, I think, you will accept. You bring Johnny home
home*. «What's the matter, Bill?* I asked him. and pay me two hundred and fifty dollars, and I agree
«Не rode т е » , said Bill*, «the ninety miles to the to take him back. I advise you to come at night, because
fort. Then, when the people were saved, I was g i v e n the neighbours believe he is lost, and I don't know what
oats. And then, for an hour, I had to try to explain to
296
297
they would do to you if they saw that you had brought

him back.
Ebenezer Dorset.
«Sam», said Bill, «what*s two hundred and fifty dol
lars, after all?. We have the money. One more night
with this child will send me to the madhouse*.
•To tell you the truth, Bill*, said I, «he is g e t t i n g on
SPREADING THE WORD
my nerves*, too. We'll take him home, pay t h e ransom
and go away*, We took him home that night. We told
him that his father had bought a rifle and a pair of
Many people say that the British read millions of books,
moccasins for him, and that the next night we should go
newspapers and magazines each day. Most of us read at
to h u n t bears.
least one newspaper a day and often pick up a copy of a
I t w a s j u s t t w e l v e o'clock w h e n w e k n o c k e d a t book that is being read by hundreds of people, perhaps
Ebenezer's front door. We counted our two hundred and at the same time in the same language. I wonder how
fifty dollars into Dorset's hand. .many people stop and think back to that day in the not-
When the boy understood that we were leaving him so-distant past when the first sheet of printed paper
at home, he started up a howl and caught hold of Bill's came off the first printing press used in England. That
leg. W i t h much difficulty his father tore him off, «How was in the year 1477 when William Caxton brought his
long can you hold him?* asked Bill. «I am not as s t r o n g printing press from Flanders, set it up at W e s t m i n s t e r
as I was*, said old Dorset, «but I think I can promise in the shadow of the old Abbey and set to work to pro
you t e n minutes*. «Enough*, said Bill. duce the first books in English.
And though it was very dark, and though Bill was Canterbury Tales by Chaucer, who lived from 1 3 4 0 to
fat, and though I am a good runner, he was a good mile 1 4 0 0 , was among the books he printed, together with
and a half out of Summit before I could catch up with many translations from Latin and French.
him.
Canterbury Tales was very popular among the people
who could read at that time. These educated people who
lived mainly in London could easily understand the lan
guage of Canterbury Tales because it was written in the
dialect of London. But people from other parts of Eng
land couldn't understand very much because at that time
each county had-its own dialect. So the people of Kent,
the W e s t Country, the Midlands, London, the N o r t h and
299
298
other parts of England could not easily understand each

other.
Because Caxton printed his book in one dialect, the
educated English had a common dialect, and as educa
tion spread, this dialect became the language of England. THE SKYLIGHT ROOM
Of course, if you read one of Caxton's original books (after O. Henry)
you won't understand it very well because of the great
changes in English grammar and spelling since Caxton
lived. Caxton himself wrote in one of his books about the
many changes in his lifetime.
«And certainly our language now used varyeth ferre First Mrs.Parker would show you the double parlours.
from that whiche was used and s p o k e n w h e n I w a s She would describe the gentleman who had lived here
bourne*. for eight years. Then you would stammer that you were
As you can see it varies very much in spelling and neither a doctor nor a dentist, and Mrs. Parker would
structure from the English y o u are reading, but y o u give you a cold look.
certainly recognize it as English of Caxton to whom we N e x t you went up one flight of stairs' and looked at
owe so much. the second floor room. Again y o u stammered that you
wanted something cheaper.
At last Mrs. Parker would take you to look at Mr.
Skidder's large room on the third floor. Mr. Skidder's
r o o m w a s n o t v a c a n t . H e w r o t e plays and s m o k e d
cigarettes in it all day long. But every person who was
looking for a room was made to v i s i t his room to have a
look at his curtains. After each v i s i t Mr. Skidder, afraid
of being turned out, would pay a small part of his rent.
Then — oh, then — if y o u still stood there, w i t h only
three dollars in your pocket, Mrs.- Parker would cry
loudly the word «Clara!*, show you her back and walk
downstairs. Then Clara, the coloured maid, would take
y o u up and show you the Skylight Room.
The room was very small. In it was an iron bed, a
wash-stand and a chair. A shelf was the cupboard. Its
four bare walls seemed to close in upon y o u like the
300 301
made copies w i t h her typewriter. Sometimes she had no

sides of a coffin. For a moment you felt you could not
work in the evening, and she would sit on the steps of
breathe. Then y o u looked up as from a well — and
the porch with the other lodgers. Miss Leeson was a
breathed once more. Through the g l a s s of the l i t t l e
sweet, gay creature. She was kind to everybody. Once
skylight you could see the blue sky. *Two dollars, sir*,
she let Mr. Skidder read to her three acts of his great
Clara would say. One day Miss Leeson came to look for a
(unpublished) comedy.
room, She carried a typewriter which was made for a
much larger lady. She was a very little girl, with eyes The gentlemen lodgers were always pleased when Miss
and hair that kept on growing after she had stopped. Leeson had time to sit on the steps for an hour or two.
But Miss Longnecker, the tall blonde who taught at school
Mrs. Parker showed her the double parlours. «In t h i s
and said, •Well, really!* to everything you said, sat on
closet you could keep a skeleton or anaesthetic or coal*.
the top step and sniffed. And Miss Dorn, who worked in
•But I am neither a doctor nor a dentist*, said Miss
a department store, sat on the bottom step and sniffed.
Leeson. Mrs. Parker gave her the cold look she kept for
Miss Leeson sat on the middle step and the men would
those who were neither doctors nor dentists, and moved
quickly group around her.
to the second floor back room.
Especially Mr. Skidder. And especially Mr. Hoover,
«Eight dollars?* said Miss Leeson. «Dear me! I'm just
who was forty-five, fat, red-faced and foolish. And es
a poor little working girl. Show me something higher
pecially y o u n g Mr. Evans. The men said she was the
and lower*.
funniest and jolliest girl they had ever seen, but the
Mr. Skidder jumped up and dropped his cigarettes
ladies on the top step and the lower step kept on sniffing*.
when he heard the knock on the door.
•Excuse me, Mr. Skidder*, said Mrs. Parker, with ***
her demon's smile. Л didn't know you were in*. «I asked
One summer evening Mrs. Parker's lodgers were sit
the lady to have a look at your curtains*. — «They are
t i n g on the porch when Miss Leeson looked up into the
beautiful*, said Miss Leeson with a sweet smile.
sky and cried gaily:
After they had gone, Mr. Skidder began to replace his
•Oh, there is Billy Jackson! I can see him from here,
tall, black-haired heroine from his latest play by a small,
too*.
fair, long-haired girl with big eyes.
All looked up, thinking there was a plane guided by
Soon the call •Clara* was heard. The coloured maid
some pilot Jackson. But there was no plane in the sky.
took Miss Leeson up the ladder to the Skylight Room and
•It's that star*, explained Miss Leeson, pointing with
said: •Two dollars!*
a thin finger. I can see it every night through my sky
•I'll take it», sighed Miss Leeson, sinking down upon
light. I named it Bill Jackson*.
the iron bed.
•Well, really I» said Miss Longnecker. *l didn't know
Every day Miss Leeson went out to work. At night
you were an astronomer, Miss Leeson*, •Yes, I am*, said
she brought some papers with handwriting on them and
Miss Leeson.
302 303
• Well, really!* said Miss Longnecker. •The star you fingers and blew a kiss out pf the black well. Then her
are pointing to is Gamma, of the constellation Cassio arm fell back.
peia* . • Good-bye, Billy*, she murmured faintly. •You are
• 0 h » , said Mr. Evans, ^1 think Billy Jackson is a millions of miles away. But you kept where I could see
much better name for it*. you most of the time, when there wasn't anything else
•You can't see him very well from down here*, said but darkness around me. Millions of miles... Good-bye,
Miss Leeson. •You must see him from my room. You Billy Jackson*.
know y o u can see stars even in the day-time from the Clara, the coloured maid, found the door locked at ten
bottom of a well. At night my room is like a well, and it n e x t morning, and they forced it open. The girl was
makes Billy Jackson look like the big diamond pin that unconscious and someone ran to phone for an ambulance*.
Night fastens her gown with*. Soon it arrived, and a young doctor, in his w h i t e linen
*** coat, quick and active, climbed the steps. •Ambulance
call to 4 9 » , he said. «What's the trouble?*. «Oh, y e s ,
There came a t i m e after t h a t w h e n M i s s L e e s o n doctor*, sniffed Mrs. Parker. She was not pleased that
brought no papers home to copy. And when she left there was trouble in the house. «I can't understand what
home in the morning, instead of working, she went from can be the matter with her. She is unconscious and we
office to office and g o t cold refusals from office boys. can't bring her to. It's a young woman, Miss Elsie Lee
This went on for many days. son. Never before in my house—»
One evening she wearily climbed Mrs. Parker's porch •What room?* cried the doctor in a terrible voice.
at the hour when she always returned from her dinner Mrs. Parker had never heard such a voice before. «The
1
at the restaurant. But she had had no dinner. skylight room. It —»
As she entered the hall, Mr. Hoover came up to her. Evidently the ambulance doctor knew the way to sky
He was pleased there was nobody in the hall. He asked light rooms. He ran up the stairs, four at a time*. Mrs.
her to marry him. She moved away from him, and caught Parker followed slowly; she was not used to hurrying.
the balustrade. He tried to take her by the hand and she On the first landing she met the doctor who was coming
raised it and struck him weakly on the face. Step by step back. He was carrying the astronomer in his arms. He
she went up. She passed Mr. Skidder's door. At last she stopped for a moment and said something to Mrs. Parker
crawled up the ladder and opened the door of the skylight that was evidently not very pleasant to hear.
room. She was too weak to light the lamp or to undress. The ambulance doctor walked with his burden through
She fell upon the iron bed, s l o w l y raised her h e a v y the crowd of curious gapers that had gathered in the
eyelids, and smiled. For Billy Jackson was shining down street. H i s face was pale and grave.
on her, calm and bright, through t h e skylight. They noticed that he did not lay down the girl up the
ч As she lay on her back she tried twice to raise her bed in the ambulance, and that all he said to the driver
arm. The third time she touched her lips with two thin was: •Drive like hell!*
304 305
That is all. In the next morning's newspaper I saw a

little item, and the last sentence of it may help you (as
it helped me) to understand the story better.
«A young woman has been brought to Bellevue Hospi WALTER SCOTT
tal from No. 4 9 . . . Street. She is suffering from debility
caused by starvation. The ambulance doctor W i l l i a m
Jackson who attended the case, says the patient will
recover*.
The famous English writer Walter Scott (1771-1832)
is the founder of the historical novel in English
literature. He was greatly interested in the past of his
country and studied it by documents, history and legends.
Among the historical novels of Walter Scott Ivanhoe
is one of the .best. It describes the events of the 12th
century during the reign of Richard I the Lion-Hearted.
The power in England at that time was in the hands of
the Normans, who oppressed the native Anglo-Saxon
population. There were serious conflicts between the
Anglo-Saxon nobility and the Normans. In his novel
Walter Scott wanted to show how, as years passed, the
Anglo-Saxons and the Normans became one nation.
rvanhoc
In that pleasant district of merry England which lies

on both sides of the river Don, in old times there was a
large forest. Parts of this forest still exist. It was the
home of the brave outlaws, who were so popular.
Our story describes the time towards the end of the
reign of Richard I, when he was abroad. The barons, in
the king's absence, strengthened their castles and acted
like little kings. Prince John, the king's brother, with
the help of the barons, tried to seize t h e throne. Common
people were cruelly oppressed.
307
A hundred years had passed since the Conquest of which, as we said before, was spoken by all common
England by Duke William of Normandy. But in these people, except t h e Norman soldiers. Gurth, w i t h the
hundred years the language and the interests of the help of his dog, was trying to gather his swine together,
Normans and Anglo-Saxons were not yet united. These but could not.
two peoples remained enemies. Only a few of the Saxon •Stand up, Wamba, if you are a man*, he said, • and
princes were still masters of the land which had belonged help me, or wolves on two legs will catch some of them
to their fathers. After the Conquest, William the Conqueror before night*.
had taken the greater part of the land from its Saxon •Really*, said Wamba without standing up, «I have
owners and given it to the Norman barons. At court and asked my legs, and they think that it is not good for me
in the castles of the great nobles Norman-French was the to run about and cover my wonderful clothes w i t h dust.
only language spoken. Anglo-Saxon was spoken only by That's why, Gurth, I advise you to leave t h e herd alone:
common people and the few remaining Saxon nobles who because if they meet a group of travelling soldiers, or of
had not yet bent under the Norman rule. outlaws, the only t h i n g that can happen to t h e m is that
The sun was setting upon one of the glades of that they will be turned into Normans before morning*.
forest which we have spoken about. There were two men •The swine will be turned into Normans!* repeated
in the glade. The elder of these men had a serious look. Gurth. .Explain that to me, Wamba, I don't understand
He was wearing a long shirt made of the skin of some you*.
animal, and reaching down to his knees. On his feet,he •Why, what do you call these animals which are run
had sandals. Round his neck there was a metal ring, like ning about on-their four legs?* asked Wamba.
a d o g ' s collar; on t h e ring t h e r e were s u c h w o r d s : •Swine, fool, swine*, said the herd, .every fool knows
«Gurth*, the born slave of Cedric of Rotherwood*. Gurth that*. .And swine is a good Anglo-Saxon word*, said the
was a swineherd. jester; •but what do y o u call the swine when it is, killed
The other man was sitting on the ground beside Gurth. and washed and cut into pieces and cooked?* .Pork*,
He looked about ten years younger. His clothes, in form, answered the swineherd.
were like those of his companion, but his shirt was of *I am v e r y glad every fool knows that t o o * , said
better materials and of brighter colours. Over his shirt Wamba, .and pork, I think, is a Norman-French word.
he was wearing a short red cloak. Round his neck there And so, when this animal lives, and a Saxon slave takes
was a collar of the same metal, with these words: «Wamba care of it, it goes by i t s Anglo-Saxon name; but when it
the born slave of Cedric of Rotherwood*. On his head he is carried to the dinner-table in t h e castle, it becomes a
had a cap with bells round it. This cap, and his bright Norman and is called pork, what do you think of this,
clothes, showed that he was a domestic jester. friend Gurth, ha? » . I t is true, friend Wamba. How did
The swineherd looked serious and sad. Wamba's eyes it get into your fool's head?* Л can tell you more*, said
were merry. The two men were talking in Anglo-Saxon, Wamba in the same tone; •the old Ox goes by i t s Anglo-
308 309
Saxon name while serfs like you take care of it; but could spend t h e night. Can you show us t h e way to the
becomes a Norman and is called Beef when it arrives at house of Cedric the Saxon?*
table*. «It will be difficult to find the road*, said Gurth,
.You speak sad truths*, answered Gurth. . L i t t l e is .and the family of Cedric go to bed early*.
left to us, except the air which we breathe. All that is . Y o u must tell us the way*, said the Prior. . T h i s
best goes to the Normans* our bravest men become their reverend brother is of the order of Knights Templars;
soldiers and go to die in distant lands; very few remain he is half a monk, half a soldier. He has been all his life
here who have either the will or the power to protect fighting with the Saracens. It will soon be n i g h t , and
the poor Saxons. God bless our Master Cedric; he always we are tired and hungry*.
stands by us. Here, here! Well done!* he exclaimed, as . W e l l , then*, said Wamba, . y o u must ride along this
his dog appeared driving the swine before it. . Y o u have path till you come to a cross; four paths, meet at that
gathered all of them now! Now, quick, Wamba, because cross; you take the path to the left, and I think y o u will
a terrible storm of thunder and l i g h t n i n g is coming. reach the house of Cedric of Rotherwood before t h e storm
Let's hurry home before the storm begins, because the begins*.
night will be terrible*.
The Prior thanked him, and the group rode quickly
And they walked quickly down the, forest path, driv on. When they disappeared, Gurth said to Wamba, . I f
ing the swine before them. they go as you have told them, I think they will not
reach Rotherwood this night*. «I think not*, said Wamba
II
smiling, .and it will be good*. . Y o u are right*, said
Gurth and Wamba were soon overtaken by a group of Gurth. *It will be bad enough if Prior Ayrner sees the
ten horsemen, two of which seemed to be important per Lady Ro-wena, and it will be worse if Cedric quarrels
sons, and the others their servants, w i t h t h i s military monk*.
One of the important persons was a monk of high
rank dressed in rich clothes. His companion was a man Ill
over forty, thin, strong and tall, with a very suhburnt As the horsemen were moving on, they talked in Nor
face. He had a long red cloak over his shoulders, with a man-French, the language used by the upper classes.
white cross on it. Under it he was wearing a chain. . W h a t do you call the man to whose house we are
In the first of the two horsemen Gurth and Wamba riding?* said the Templar to his companion.
recognized Prior Ayrner, of the nearest Abbey, a rich .Cedric of Rotherwood*, answered the Prior, . a n d
Norman, well-known in the neighborhood. But they did remember: he is very proud. He stands up for his Sax
not know his companion and were'surprised that he looked o n s ' so sternly, that he is called by everybody Cedric the
half a monk, half a soldier. Saxon*.
. M y children*, said the Prior to Gurth and Wamba, •This Lady Rowena, his daughter, is very beautiful, I
.we are looking for a place where we and our servants think?* said the Templar.
310 311
•Cedric is not her father*, replied the Prior, «she is

his distant relation; he is her guardian, and loves her as
his own child. She is really very beautiful, you will see
it yourself. B u t be careful, brother Brian*, how y o u
look at Rowena and how you talk to her: if Cedric the
Saxon doesnot like it, we are lost men. People say that
he turned his own son out of the house because t h e
young man fell in love with her. But here is the cross,
and the night is so dark, that it is very difficult to see
the paths. Which way did he tell us to turn? To the
left?* «То the right*, said Brian. «То the left, I think*,
said the Prior.
They were in a difficulty, but here they noticed a
•young man sleeping at the foot of the cross. They woke
him up and asked if he could tell them the way to Rother
wood.
«I am going there myself*, said the stranger. «I know
the way very well, and if you give me a horse, I can be
your guide*.
A horse was given to the stranger, and he led the
group along a path through the forest. The way was
difficult, they had to cross some streams and turn in
many places, but at last they came to a wide road, at the
end of which they saw a large low building. The young
man pointed to it and said, «This is Rotherwood, the
house of Cedric the Saxon*.
already — у ж е
j u s t — только-что, только
y e t — еще, у ж е
s o m e t i m e s — иногда
t o d a y — сегодня
НАИБОЛЕЕ
t o m o r r o w — завтра
УПОТРЕБИТЕЛЬНЫЕ НАРЕЧИЯ y e s t e r d a y — вчера
r e c e n t l y — недавно
l a t e l y — в последнее время
Н а р е ч и я места и направления: c o m m o n l y — обычно
h e r e — здесь, тут
t h e r e — там Н а р е ч и я о б р а з а действия:
s o m e w h e r e — где-то, где-нибудь s l o w l y — медленно
a n y w h e r e — везде, повсюду, где-нибудь quickly — быстро
n o w h e r e — нигде e a s i l y — легко
inside — внутри c a l m l y — спокойно
o u t s i d e — снаружи b r i g h t l y — ярко
down — внизу hardly — с трудом, едва
back — сзади, назад
a w a y — вдали, вон, прочь Н а р е ч и я м е р ы и степени:
downward — вниз m u c h — много, сильно
upward — вверх l i t t l e — немного, мало
e n o u g h — достаточно
Н а р е ч и я времени: t o o — слишком
n o w — сейчас, теперь a l m o s t — у ж е , почти
before — до, перед, прежде very — очень
e v e r — когда-либо
n e v e r — никогда
a l w a y s — всегда
o f t e n — часто
u s u a l l y — обычно
s e l d o m — редко
s t i l l — все-еще
314 315
1 форма 2 форма 3 форма 4 форма Перевод

to fly flew flown flying летать
to forbid forbade forbidden forbidding запрещать
ТАБЛИЦА НЕПРАВИЛЬНЫХ ГЛАГОЛОВ
to forget forgot forgotten forgetting забывать
to forgive forgave forgiven forgiving прощать
1 форма 2 форма 3 форма 4 форма Перевод to freeze froze frozen freezing замораживать
to be was/were been being быть,
to get got got getting получать,
находиться становиться
to bear bore bom bearing нести
to give gave given giving давать
to beat beat beaten beating бить
logo went gone going идти,ехать
to begin began begun beginning начинать(ся) to grow grew grown growing расти,
to bend bent bent bending гнуть выращивать
to bind bound bound binding переплетать hung hanging висеть, вешать
to hang hung
to bite bit bitten/bit biting кусать having иметь
to have had had
to blow blew blown blowing дуть слышать
to hear heard heard hearing
to break broke broken breaking ломать ударять
to hit hit hit hitting
to bring brought brought bringing приносить holding держать
to hold held held
to build built built building строить hurting повредить
to hurt hurt hurl
to buy bought bought buying покупать knowing знать
to know knew known
to catch caught caught catching ловить' накрывать
to lay laid laid laying
to choose chose chosen choosing выбирать вести
to lead lead lead leading
to cut cut cut cutting резать, рубить to leap leapt/leaped leapt/leaped leaping прыгать,
to dive dived/dove dived diving нырять скакать
to do did done doing делать to leave left left leaving покидать,
to draw drew drawn drawing рисовать, оставлять
тащить to lend lent lent lending давать взаймы
to drink drank drunk drinking пить to let let let letting позволять
to drive drove driven driving вести lay lain tying лежать
to lie
to eat ate eaten eating есть, кушать lit lit lighting зажигать
to light
to fall fell fallen falling падать lost lost losing терять
to lose
to feel felt felt Reeling чувствовать made made making делать
to make
to feed fed fed feeding кормить met met meeting встречать (ся)
to meet
to fight fought fought fighting бороться,
драться
316 317
1 форма 2 форма 3 форма 4 форма Перевод

1 форма 2 форма 3 форма 4 форма Перевод to sweep swept swept sweeping мести,
to pay paid paid paying платить подметать
to put put put putting класть, ставить to swim swam swum swimming плавать
to take look taken taking взять, брать
to read read read reading читать
to teach taught taught teaching учить, обучать
to ride rode ridden riding ехать (верхом)
to tear tore torn tearing рвать
to ring rang rung ringing звонить,звенеть
to tell told told telling сказать,
to rise rose risen rising поднимать сообщать
to run ran run running бежать to think thought thought thinking думать
to say said said saying говорить, to throw threw thrown throwing бросать, кидать
сказать to wake woke woken waking будить,
просыпаться
to see saw seen seeing видеть
to wear wore wakened wearing носить
to sell sold sold selling продавать
to weep wept wept weeping плакать
to send sent sent sending посылать, winning побеждать,
to win won won
отправлять выигрывать
to shake shook shaken shaking трясти to write wrote written writing писать
to shine shone shone shining светить, сиять
to shoot shot shot shooting стрелять,.
снимать
to show showed shown showing показывать
to sing sang sung singing петь
to sink sank sunk sinking тонуть
to sit sat sat sitting сидеть
to sleep slept slept sleeping спать
to speak spoke spoken speaking говорить,
разговаривать
to spend spent spent spending тратить, про
водить время
to stand stood stood standing стоять
to steal stole stolen stealing воровать,
украсть
to stick stuck stuck sticking прилипать
to strike struck struck striking бить, ударять
to swear swore swom swearing клясться
318

Agabekjan Anglijskij Jazyk Spo 2013

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Agabekjan Anglijskij Jazyk Spo 2013

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Серия

«Среднее профессиональное образование»

Перед Вами учебное пособие, рассчитанное на 4 се­

Тексты в Приложении 1 (My Favourite Writer, цикл

[ о ] — закрытый, близкий к у звук о

б) двугласные (дифтонги) [/] — мягкий русский ш

Сочетания е е , еа читаются как [i:J. Например meet, Звуки [ е ] , [ае]

Звуки [u:], [и], [л]

Exercise В hook — крюк look — взгляд

Exercise А затем слегка округлить губы и произнести краткий

Звуки [о:], [о], [ou] З в у к и [ia], [ai], [au]

Звуки [ 0 ] , [ 3 ] Звуки [w], [ n ]

примерно такое же положение, как при произнесении louse — mouse — cows

БУКВА НАЗВАНИЕ БУКВА НАЗВАНИЕ

Слова, обозначающие мужчин (man, boy, son, hus­

Слова, обозначающие ж е н щ и н (girl, woman, daug­

Чис ЛицО Основная форма Абсолютная форма

Указательное местоимение s u c h имеет одну неизме­

What books are these? — These are good books.

Задание 2.7. Переведите на английский язык: '* Грамматика

she is — s h e ' s Задание 2.13. Составьте п р е д л о ж е н и я из д а н н ы х

Задание 2.17. Прочтите и переведите.

Количественные числительные Порядковые числительные

Заметьте, что числительные h u n d r e d , t h o u s a n d , 2) on April the twelfth, two

Задание 3.6. Скажите, который ч а с ?

J u l y [chju'lai] _ ярлъ tonight — сегодня вечером

Задание 3.9. П е р е в е д и т е на английский язык:

Множественное число существительных, основа

Существительные, оканчивающиеся на -у (после со­

a fly муха — flies a formula — formulae.(formulas)

Только во м н о ж е с т в е н н о м числе употребляются ли: неопределенный артикль во м н о ж е с т в е н н о м числе

Задание 4.2. Н а п и ш и т е с л е д у ю щ и е существитель­

ПРИТЯЖАТЕЛЬНЫЙ ПАДЕЖ СУЩЕСТВИТЕЛЬНЫХ It is cold t o d a y . Сегодня холодно.

существительным, которое начинается с гласного зву­

** Грамматика U S ' Неопределенный артикль a (ah) может употреб­

Определенный артикль the Г е о г р а ф и ч е с к и е н а з в а н и я и артикль

patriotic ['paeitn'otik] технический

Выбор формы глагола to be зависит от числа суще­

Задание 6.4. Прочитайте и переведите текст. Words

ту. 9. Я провожу много времени в библиотеке, потому porridge [ p o n d 3 ] — каша

Прилагательные и наречия имеют три формы сте­

Способ 1. Если прилагательное односложное, форма

З а п о м н и т е исключения при о б р а з о в а н и и степеней

e a s y — легкий much (many) most (больше всего,

As for me I prefer travelling by car. I think it's more Предлоги

Questions across — через

down — вниз Предлоги, обозначающие движение

from — от, из, со 1. There is a garden... our house. 2. The bridge i s . . .

out of — из Предлоги времени

through — через, сквозь

from... till I from... to... — от... до Задание 7.10. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на англий­

who — кто where — где

ОСНОВНЫЕ ТИПЫ ВОПРОСОВ, П о р я д о к слов в с п е ц и а л ь н о м вопросе:

Специальный вопрос относится к какому-нибудь 3. Альтернативный вопрос

4 . Р а з д е л и т е л ь н ы й вопрос Задание 8.1. Прочтите и п е р е в е д и т е на р у с с к и й

Задание 8.2. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я с альтерна­

6. Ваш друг учится в колледже или в университете?

Задание 8.6. Прочитайте и п е р е в е д и т е текст.

my friend is a very interesting person: he is i n t e l l i g e n t fully — полностью

bold h e a d e d [bauld] — лысый 1 •2 3 4 5

short s i g h t e d — близорукий имя существи­

к существ., учение, теория, darwinism дарвинизм

-ship к существ. состояние fiendship дружба

Суффикс Примеры Перевод НЕОПРЕДЕЛЕННЫЕ МЕСТОИМЕНИЯ SOME, ANY,

Перед Вами учебное пособие, рассчитанное на 4 се

Слова, обозначающие мужчин (man, boy, son, hus

Слова, обозначающие ж е н щ и н (girl, woman, daug

Указательное местоимение s u c h имеет одну неизме

Существительные, оканчивающиеся на -у (после со

Задание 4.2. Н а п и ш и т е с л е д у ю щ и е существитель

существительным, которое начинается с гласного зву

** Грамматика U S ' Неопределенный артикль a (ah) может употреб

Выбор формы глагола to be зависит от числа суще

Прилагательные и наречия имеют три формы сте

from... till I from... to... — от... до Задание 7.10. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я на англий

Задание 8.2. П е р е в е д и т е п р е д л о ж е н и я с альтерна

short s i g h t e d — близорукий имя существи

Отрицательная и вопросительная формы в Indefi частие прошедшего времени) совпадают м е ж д у собой

Задание 12.3. Р а с к р о й т е скобки, поставьте глаго

to be to — долженствование, связанное с расписани Модальный глагол need

П. Найдите подлежащее и сказуемое в данном пред V . Употребите н у ж н ы й м о д а л ь н ы й глагол и л и его

e x p a n d i n g w i n d o w s principle — принцип расширя

v a l u e — величина Задание 16.1. К а к и е из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер

Задание 16.9. Какие из п р и в е д е н н ы х н и ж е утвер 4. Дополнительные программы д л я работы с уст

тернету и обменивающихся информацией в одном ре

S t a t e D u m a and the Council of Federation are the legis

England. The most notable Public schools are Eton, Har

Republican Party, their symbol is an elephant. The pres

Words Washington, t h e capital of the U n i t e d S t a t e s is situ